]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/bash.git/blob - doc/bash.1
commit bash-20050810 snapshot
[thirdparty/bash.git] / doc / bash.1
1 \"
2 .\" MAN PAGE COMMENTS to
3 .\"
4 .\" Chet Ramey
5 .\" Information Network Services
6 .\" Case Western Reserve University
7 .\" chet@po.CWRU.Edu
8 .\"
9 .\" Last Change: Fri Jul 15 23:15:01 EDT 2005
10 .\"
11 .\" bash_builtins, strip all but Built-Ins section
12 .if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ
13 .if \n(zY=1 .ig zY
14 .TH BASH 1 "2005 Jul 15" "GNU Bash-3.1-devel"
15 .\"
16 .\" There's some problem with having a `@'
17 .\" in a tagged paragraph with the BSD man macros.
18 .\" It has to do with `@' appearing in the }1 macro.
19 .\" This is a problem on 4.3 BSD and Ultrix, but Sun
20 .\" appears to have fixed it.
21 .\" If you're seeing the characters
22 .\" `@u-3p' appearing before the lines reading
23 .\" `possible-hostname-completions
24 .\" and `complete-hostname' down in READLINE,
25 .\" then uncomment this redefinition.
26 .\"
27 .de }1
28 .ds ]X \&\\*(]B\\
29 .nr )E 0
30 .if !"\\$1"" .nr )I \\$1n
31 .}f
32 .ll \\n(LLu
33 .in \\n()Ru+\\n(INu+\\n()Iu
34 .ti \\n(INu
35 .ie !\\n()Iu+\\n()Ru-\w\a\\*(]X\au-3p \{\\*(]X
36 .br\}
37 .el \\*(]X\h\a|\\n()Iu+\\n()Ru\a\c
38 .}f
39 ..
40 .\"
41 .\" File Name macro. This used to be `.PN', for Path Name,
42 .\" but Sun doesn't seem to like that very much.
43 .\"
44 .de FN
45 \fI\|\\$1\|\fP
46 ..
47 .SH NAME
48 bash \- GNU Bourne-Again SHell
49 .SH SYNOPSIS
50 .B bash
51 [options]
52 [file]
53 .SH COPYRIGHT
54 .if n Bash is Copyright (C) 1989-2005 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc.
55 .if t Bash is Copyright \(co 1989-2005 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc.
56 .SH DESCRIPTION
57 .B Bash
58 is an \fBsh\fR-compatible command language interpreter that
59 executes commands read from the standard input or from a file.
60 .B Bash
61 also incorporates useful features from the \fIKorn\fP and \fIC\fP
62 shells (\fBksh\fP and \fBcsh\fP).
63 .PP
64 .B Bash
65 is intended to be a conformant implementation of the IEEE
66 POSIX Shell and Tools specification (IEEE Working Group 1003\.2).
67 .SH OPTIONS
68 In addition to the single-character shell options documented in the
69 description of the \fBset\fR builtin command, \fBbash\fR
70 interprets the following options when it is invoked:
71 .PP
72 .PD 0
73 .TP 10
74 .BI \-c "\| string\^"
75 If the
76 .B \-c
77 option is present, then commands are read from
78 .IR string .
79 If there are arguments after the
80 .IR string ,
81 they are assigned to the positional parameters, starting with
82 .BR $0 .
83 .TP
84 .B \-i
85 If the
86 .B \-i
87 option is present, the shell is
88 .IR interactive .
89 .TP
90 .B \-l
91 Make
92 .B bash
93 act as if it had been invoked as a login shell (see
94 .SM
95 .B INVOCATION
96 below).
97 .TP
98 .B \-r
99 If the
100 .B \-r
101 option is present, the shell becomes
102 .I restricted
103 (see
104 .SM
105 .B "RESTRICTED SHELL"
106 below).
107 .TP
108 .B \-s
109 If the
110 .B \-s
111 option is present, or if no arguments remain after option
112 processing, then commands are read from the standard input.
113 This option allows the positional parameters to be set
114 when invoking an interactive shell.
115 .TP
116 .B \-D
117 A list of all double-quoted strings preceded by \fB$\fP
118 is printed on the standard output.
119 These are the strings that
120 are subject to language translation when the current locale
121 is not \fBC\fP or \fBPOSIX\fP.
122 This implies the \fB\-n\fP option; no commands will be executed.
123 .TP
124 .B [\-+]O [\fIshopt_option\fP]
125 \fIshopt_option\fP is one of the shell options accepted by the
126 \fBshopt\fP builtin (see
127 .SM
128 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
129 below).
130 If \fIshopt_option\fP is present, \fB\-O\fP sets the value of that option;
131 \fB+O\fP unsets it.
132 If \fIshopt_option\fP is not supplied, the names and values of the shell
133 options accepted by \fBshopt\fP are printed on the standard output.
134 If the invocation option is \fB+O\fP, the output is displayed in a format
135 that may be reused as input.
136 .TP
137 .B \-\-
138 A
139 .B \-\-
140 signals the end of options and disables further option processing.
141 Any arguments after the
142 .B \-\-
143 are treated as filenames and arguments. An argument of
144 .B \-
145 is equivalent to \fB\-\-\fP.
146 .PD
147 .PP
148 .B Bash
149 also interprets a number of multi-character options.
150 These options must appear on the command line before the
151 single-character options to be recognized.
152 .PP
153 .PD 0
154 .TP
155 .B \-\-debugger
156 Arrange for the debugger profile to be executed before the shell
157 starts.
158 Turns on extended debugging mode (see the description of the
159 .B extdebug
160 option to the
161 .B shopt
162 builtin below)
163 and shell function tracing (see the description of the
164 \fB\-o functrace\fP option to the
165 .B set
166 builtin below).
167 .TP
168 .B \-\-dump\-po\-strings
169 Equivalent to \fB\-D\fP, but the output is in the GNU \fIgettext\fP
170 \fBpo\fP (portable object) file format.
171 .TP
172 .B \-\-dump\-strings
173 Equivalent to \fB\-D\fP.
174 .TP
175 .B \-\-help
176 Display a usage message on standard output and exit successfully.
177 .TP
178 \fB\-\-init\-file\fP \fIfile\fP
179 .PD 0
180 .TP
181 \fB\-\-rcfile\fP \fIfile\fP
182 .PD
183 Execute commands from
184 .I file
185 instead of the standard personal initialization file
186 .I ~/.bashrc
187 if the shell is interactive (see
188 .SM
189 .B INVOCATION
190 below).
191 .TP
192 .B \-\-login
193 Equivalent to \fB\-l\fP.
194 .TP
195 .B \-\-noediting
196 Do not use the GNU
197 .B readline
198 library to read command lines when the shell is interactive.
199 .TP
200 .B \-\-noprofile
201 Do not read either the system-wide startup file
202 .FN /etc/profile
203 or any of the personal initialization files
204 .IR ~/.bash_profile ,
205 .IR ~/.bash_login ,
206 or
207 .IR ~/.profile .
208 By default,
209 .B bash
210 reads these files when it is invoked as a login shell (see
211 .SM
212 .B INVOCATION
213 below).
214 .TP
215 .B \-\-norc
216 Do not read and execute the personal initialization file
217 .I ~/.bashrc
218 if the shell is interactive.
219 This option is on by default if the shell is invoked as
220 .BR sh .
221 .TP
222 .B \-\-posix
223 Change the behavior of \fBbash\fP where the default operation differs
224 from the POSIX 1003.2 standard to match the standard (\fIposix mode\fP).
225 .TP
226 .B \-\-restricted
227 The shell becomes restricted (see
228 .SM
229 .B "RESTRICTED SHELL"
230 below).
231 .TP
232 .B \-\-verbose
233 Equivalent to \fB\-v\fP.
234 .TP
235 .B \-\-version
236 Show version information for this instance of
237 .B bash
238 on the standard output and exit successfully.
239 .PD
240 .SH ARGUMENTS
241 If arguments remain after option processing, and neither the
242 .B \-c
243 nor the
244 .B \-s
245 option has been supplied, the first argument is assumed to
246 be the name of a file containing shell commands.
247 If
248 .B bash
249 is invoked in this fashion,
250 .B $0
251 is set to the name of the file, and the positional parameters
252 are set to the remaining arguments.
253 .B Bash
254 reads and executes commands from this file, then exits.
255 \fBBash\fP's exit status is the exit status of the last command
256 executed in the script.
257 If no commands are executed, the exit status is 0.
258 An attempt is first made to open the file in the current directory, and,
259 if no file is found, then the shell searches the directories in
260 .SM
261 .B PATH
262 for the script.
263 .SH INVOCATION
264 A \fIlogin shell\fP is one whose first character of argument zero is a
265 .BR \- ,
266 or one started with the
267 .B \-\-login
268 option.
269 .PP
270 An \fIinteractive\fP shell is one started without non-option arguments
271 and without the
272 .B \-c
273 option
274 whose standard input and error are
275 both connected to terminals (as determined by
276 .IR isatty (3)),
277 or one started with the
278 .B \-i
279 option.
280 .SM
281 .B PS1
282 is set and
283 .B $\-
284 includes
285 .B i
286 if
287 .B bash
288 is interactive,
289 allowing a shell script or a startup file to test this state.
290 .PP
291 The following paragraphs describe how
292 .B bash
293 executes its startup files.
294 If any of the files exist but cannot be read,
295 .B bash
296 reports an error.
297 Tildes are expanded in file names as described below under
298 .B "Tilde Expansion"
299 in the
300 .SM
301 .B EXPANSION
302 section.
303 .PP
304 When
305 .B bash
306 is invoked as an interactive login shell, or as a non-interactive shell
307 with the \fB\-\-login\fP option, it first reads and
308 executes commands from the file \fI/etc/profile\fP, if that
309 file exists.
310 After reading that file, it looks for \fI~/.bash_profile\fP,
311 \fI~/.bash_login\fP, and \fI~/.profile\fP, in that order, and reads
312 and executes commands from the first one that exists and is readable.
313 The
314 .B \-\-noprofile
315 option may be used when the shell is started to inhibit this behavior.
316 .PP
317 When a login shell exits,
318 .B bash
319 reads and executes commands from the file \fI~/.bash_logout\fP, if it
320 exists.
321 .PP
322 When an interactive shell that is not a login shell is started,
323 .B bash
324 reads and executes commands from \fI~/.bashrc\fP, if that file exists.
325 This may be inhibited by using the
326 .B \-\-norc
327 option.
328 The \fB\-\-rcfile\fP \fIfile\fP option will force
329 .B bash
330 to read and execute commands from \fIfile\fP instead of \fI~/.bashrc\fP.
331 .PP
332 When
333 .B bash
334 is started non-interactively, to run a shell script, for example, it
335 looks for the variable
336 .SM
337 .B BASH_ENV
338 in the environment, expands its value if it appears there, and uses the
339 expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute.
340 .B Bash
341 behaves as if the following command were executed:
342 .sp .5
343 .RS
344 .if t \f(CWif [ \-n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi\fP
345 .if n if [ \-n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi
346 .RE
347 .sp .5
348 but the value of the
349 .SM
350 .B PATH
351 variable is not used to search for the file name.
352 .PP
353 If
354 .B bash
355 is invoked with the name
356 .BR sh ,
357 it tries to mimic the startup behavior of historical versions of
358 .B sh
359 as closely as possible,
360 while conforming to the POSIX standard as well.
361 When invoked as an interactive login shell, or a non-interactive
362 shell with the \fB\-\-login\fP option, it first attempts to
363 read and execute commands from
364 .I /etc/profile
365 and
366 .IR ~/.profile ,
367 in that order.
368 The
369 .B \-\-noprofile
370 option may be used to inhibit this behavior.
371 When invoked as an interactive shell with the name
372 .BR sh ,
373 .B bash
374 looks for the variable
375 .SM
376 .BR ENV ,
377 expands its value if it is defined, and uses the
378 expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute.
379 Since a shell invoked as
380 .B sh
381 does not attempt to read and execute commands from any other startup
382 files, the
383 .B \-\-rcfile
384 option has no effect.
385 A non-interactive shell invoked with the name
386 .B sh
387 does not attempt to read any other startup files.
388 When invoked as
389 .BR sh ,
390 .B bash
391 enters
392 .I posix
393 mode after the startup files are read.
394 .PP
395 When
396 .B bash
397 is started in
398 .I posix
399 mode, as with the
400 .B \-\-posix
401 command line option, it follows the POSIX standard for startup files.
402 In this mode, interactive shells expand the
403 .SM
404 .B ENV
405 variable and commands are read and executed from the file
406 whose name is the expanded value.
407 No other startup files are read.
408 .PP
409 .B Bash
410 attempts to determine when it is being run by the remote shell
411 daemon, usually \fIrshd\fP.
412 If
413 .B bash
414 determines it is being run by \fIrshd\fP, it reads and executes
415 commands from \fI~/.bashrc\fP, if that file exists and is readable.
416 It will not do this if invoked as \fBsh\fP.
417 The
418 .B \-\-norc
419 option may be used to inhibit this behavior, and the
420 .B \-\-rcfile
421 option may be used to force another file to be read, but
422 \fIrshd\fP does not generally invoke the shell with those options
423 or allow them to be specified.
424 .PP
425 If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the
426 real user (group) id, and the \fB\-p\fP option is not supplied, no startup
427 files are read, shell functions are not inherited from the environment, the
428 .SM
429 .B SHELLOPTS
430 variable, if it appears in the environment, is ignored,
431 and the effective user id is set to the real user id.
432 If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied at invocation, the startup behavior is
433 the same, but the effective user id is not reset.
434 .SH DEFINITIONS
435 .PP
436 The following definitions are used throughout the rest of this
437 document.
438 .PD 0
439 .TP
440 .B blank
441 A space or tab.
442 .TP
443 .B word
444 A sequence of characters considered as a single unit by the shell.
445 Also known as a
446 .BR token .
447 .TP
448 .B name
449 A
450 .I word
451 consisting only of alphanumeric characters and underscores, and
452 beginning with an alphabetic character or an underscore. Also
453 referred to as an
454 .BR identifier .
455 .TP
456 .B metacharacter
457 A character that, when unquoted, separates words. One of the following:
458 .br
459 .RS
460 .PP
461 .if t \fB| & ; ( ) < > space tab\fP
462 .if n \fB| & ; ( ) < > space tab\fP
463 .RE
464 .PP
465 .TP
466 .B control operator
467 A \fItoken\fP that performs a control function. It is one of the following
468 symbols:
469 .RS
470 .PP
471 .if t \fB\(bv\(bv & && ; ;; ( ) | <newline>\fP
472 .if n \fB|| & && ; ;; ( ) | <newline>\fP
473 .RE
474 .PD
475 .SH "RESERVED WORDS"
476 \fIReserved words\fP are words that have a special meaning to the shell.
477 The following words are recognized as reserved when unquoted and either
478 the first word of a simple command (see
479 .SM
480 .B SHELL GRAMMAR
481 below) or the third word of a
482 .B case
483 or
484 .B for
485 command:
486 .if t .RS
487 .PP
488 .B
489 .if n ! case do done elif else esac fi for function if in select then until while { } time [[ ]]
490 .if t ! case do done elif else esac fi for function if in select then until while { } time [[ ]]
491 .if t .RE
492 .SH "SHELL GRAMMAR"
493 .SS Simple Commands
494 .PP
495 A \fIsimple command\fP is a sequence of optional variable assignments
496 followed by \fBblank\fP-separated words and redirections, and
497 terminated by a \fIcontrol operator\fP. The first word
498 specifies the command to be executed, and is passed as argument zero.
499 The remaining words are passed as arguments to the invoked command.
500 .PP
501 The return value of a \fIsimple command\fP is its exit status, or
502 128+\fIn\^\fP if the command is terminated by signal
503 .IR n .
504 .SS Pipelines
505 .PP
506 A \fIpipeline\fP is a sequence of one or more commands separated by
507 the character
508 .BR | .
509 The format for a pipeline is:
510 .RS
511 .PP
512 [\fBtime\fP [\fB\-p\fP]] [ ! ] \fIcommand\fP [ \fB|\fP \fIcommand2\fP ... ]
513 .RE
514 .PP
515 The standard output of
516 .I command
517 is connected via a pipe to the standard input of
518 .IR command2 .
519 This connection is performed before any redirections specified by the
520 command (see
521 .SM
522 .B REDIRECTION
523 below).
524 .PP
525 The return status of a pipeline is the exit status of the last
526 command, unless the \fBpipefail\fP option is enabled.
527 If \fBpipefail\fP is enabled, the pipeline's return status is the
528 value of the last (rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status,
529 or zero if all commands exit successfully.
530 If the reserved word
531 .B !
532 precedes a pipeline, the exit status of that pipeline is the logical
533 negation of the exit status as described above.
534 The shell waits for all commands in the pipeline to
535 terminate before returning a value.
536 .PP
537 If the
538 .B time
539 reserved word precedes a pipeline, the elapsed as well as user and
540 system time consumed by its execution are reported when the pipeline
541 terminates.
542 The \fB\-p\fP option changes the output format to that specified by POSIX.
543 The
544 .SM
545 .B TIMEFORMAT
546 variable may be set to a format string that specifies how the timing
547 information should be displayed; see the description of
548 .SM
549 .B TIMEFORMAT
550 under
551 .B "Shell Variables"
552 below.
553 .PP
554 Each command in a pipeline is executed as a separate process (i.e., in a
555 subshell).
556 .SS Lists
557 .PP
558 A \fIlist\fP is a sequence of one or more pipelines separated by one
559 of the operators
560 .BR ; ,
561 .BR & ,
562 .BR && ,
563 or
564 .BR \(bv\(bv ,
565 and optionally terminated by one of
566 .BR ; ,
567 .BR & ,
568 or
569 .BR <newline> .
570 .PP
571 Of these list operators,
572 .B &&
573 and
574 .B \(bv\(bv
575 have equal precedence, followed by
576 .B ;
577 and
578 .BR &,
579 which have equal precedence.
580 .PP
581 A sequence of one or more newlines may appear in a \fIlist\fP instead
582 of a semicolon to delimit commands.
583 .PP
584 If a command is terminated by the control operator
585 .BR & ,
586 the shell executes the command in the \fIbackground\fP
587 in a subshell. The shell does not wait for the command to
588 finish, and the return status is 0. Commands separated by a
589 .B ;
590 are executed sequentially; the shell waits for each
591 command to terminate in turn. The return status is the
592 exit status of the last command executed.
593 .PP
594 The control operators
595 .B &&
596 and
597 .B \(bv\(bv
598 denote AND lists and OR lists, respectively.
599 An AND list has the form
600 .RS
601 .PP
602 \fIcommand1\fP \fB&&\fP \fIcommand2\fP
603 .RE
604 .PP
605 .I command2
606 is executed if, and only if,
607 .I command1
608 returns an exit status of zero.
609 .PP
610 An OR list has the form
611 .RS
612 .PP
613 \fIcommand1\fP \fB\(bv\(bv\fP \fIcommand2\fP
614 .PP
615 .RE
616 .PP
617 .I command2
618 is executed if and only if
619 .I command1
620 returns a non-zero exit status. The return status of
621 AND and OR lists is the exit status of the last command
622 executed in the list.
623 .SS Compound Commands
624 .PP
625 A \fIcompound command\fP is one of the following:
626 .TP
627 (\fIlist\fP)
628 \fIlist\fP is executed in a subshell environment (see
629 .SM
630 \fBCOMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT\fP
631 below).
632 Variable assignments and builtin
633 commands that affect the shell's environment do not remain in effect
634 after the command completes. The return status is the exit status of
635 \fIlist\fP.
636 .TP
637 { \fIlist\fP; }
638 \fIlist\fP is simply executed in the current shell environment.
639 \fIlist\fP must be terminated with a newline or semicolon.
640 This is known as a \fIgroup command\fP.
641 The return status is the exit status of
642 \fIlist\fP.
643 Note that unlike the metacharacters \fB(\fP and \fB)\fP, \fB{\fP and
644 \fB}\fP are \fIreserved words\fP and must occur where a reserved
645 word is permitted to be recognized. Since they do not cause a word
646 break, they must be separated from \fIlist\fP by whitespace.
647 .TP
648 ((\fIexpression\fP))
649 The \fIexpression\fP is evaluated according to the rules described
650 below under
651 .SM
652 .BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" .
653 If the value of the expression is non-zero, the return status is 0;
654 otherwise the return status is 1. This is exactly equivalent to
655 \fBlet "\fIexpression\fP"\fR.
656 .TP
657 \fB[[\fP \fIexpression\fP \fB]]\fP
658 Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of
659 the conditional expression \fIexpression\fP.
660 Expressions are composed of the primaries described below under
661 .SM
662 .BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" .
663 Word splitting and pathname expansion are not performed on the words
664 between the \fB[[\fP and \fB]]\fP; tilde expansion, parameter and
665 variable expansion, arithmetic expansion, command substitution, process
666 substitution, and quote removal are performed.
667 Conditional operators such as \fB\-f\fP must be unquoted to be recognized
668 as primaries.
669 .if t .sp 0.5
670 .if n .sp 1
671 When the \fB==\fP and \fB!=\fP operators are used, the string to the
672 right of the operator is considered a pattern and matched according
673 to the rules described below under \fBPattern Matching\fP.
674 If the shell option
675 .B nocasematch
676 is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
677 of alphabetic characters.
678 The return value is 0 if the string matches or does not match
679 the pattern, respectively, and 1 otherwise.
680 Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force it to be matched as a
681 string.
682 .if t .sp 0.5
683 .if n .sp 1
684 An additional binary operator, \fB=~\fP, is available, with the same
685 precedence as \fB==\fP and \fB!=\fP.
686 When it is used, the string to the right of the operator is considered
687 an extended regular expression and matched accordingly (as in \fIregex\fP(3)).
688 The return value is 0 if the string matches
689 the pattern, and 1 otherwise.
690 If the regular expression is syntactically incorrect, the conditional
691 expression's return value is 2.
692 If the shell option
693 .B nocasematch
694 is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
695 of alphabetic characters.
696 Substrings matched by parenthesized subexpressions within the regular
697 expression are saved in the array variable \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP.
698 The element of \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP with index 0 is the portion of the string
699 matching the entire regular expression.
700 The element of \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP with index \fIn\fP is the portion of the
701 string matching the \fIn\fPth parenthesized subexpression.
702 .if t .sp 0.5
703 .if n .sp 1
704 Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed
705 in decreasing order of precedence:
706 .if t .sp 0.5
707 .if n .sp 1
708 .RS
709 .PD 0
710 .TP
711 .B ( \fIexpression\fP )
712 Returns the value of \fIexpression\fP.
713 This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators.
714 .TP
715 .B ! \fIexpression\fP
716 True if
717 .I expression
718 is false.
719 .TP
720 \fIexpression1\fP \fB&&\fP \fIexpression2\fP
721 True if both
722 .I expression1
723 and
724 .I expression2
725 are true.
726 .TP
727 .if t \fIexpression1\fP \fB\(bv\(bv\fP \fIexpression2\fP
728 .if n \fIexpression1\fP \fB||\fP \fIexpression2\fP
729 True if either
730 .I expression1
731 or
732 .I expression2
733 is true.
734 .PD
735 .LP
736 The \fB&&\fP and
737 .if t \fB\(bv\(bv\fP
738 .if n \fB||\fP
739 operators do not evaluate \fIexpression2\fP if the value of
740 \fIexpression1\fP is sufficient to determine the return value of
741 the entire conditional expression.
742 .RE
743 .TP
744 \fBfor\fP \fIname\fP [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP ] ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP
745 The list of words following \fBin\fP is expanded, generating a list
746 of items.
747 The variable \fIname\fP is set to each element of this list
748 in turn, and \fIlist\fP is executed each time.
749 If the \fBin\fP \fIword\fP is omitted, the \fBfor\fP command executes
750 \fIlist\fP once for each positional parameter that is set (see
751 .SM
752 .B PARAMETERS
753 below).
754 The return status is the exit status of the last command that executes.
755 If the expansion of the items following \fBin\fP results in an empty
756 list, no commands are executed, and the return status is 0.
757 .TP
758 \fBfor\fP (( \fIexpr1\fP ; \fIexpr2\fP ; \fIexpr3\fP )) ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP
759 First, the arithmetic expression \fIexpr1\fP is evaluated according
760 to the rules described below under
761 .SM
762 .BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" .
763 The arithmetic expression \fIexpr2\fP is then evaluated repeatedly
764 until it evaluates to zero.
765 Each time \fIexpr2\fP evaluates to a non-zero value, \fIlist\fP is
766 executed and the arithmetic expression \fIexpr3\fP is evaluated.
767 If any expression is omitted, it behaves as if it evaluates to 1.
768 The return value is the exit status of the last command in \fIlist\fP
769 that is executed, or false if any of the expressions is invalid.
770 .TP
771 \fBselect\fP \fIname\fP [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP ] ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP
772 The list of words following \fBin\fP is expanded, generating a list
773 of items. The set of expanded words is printed on the standard
774 error, each preceded by a number. If the \fBin\fP
775 \fIword\fP is omitted, the positional parameters are printed (see
776 .SM
777 .B PARAMETERS
778 below). The
779 .B PS3
780 prompt is then displayed and a line read from the standard input.
781 If the line consists of a number corresponding to one of
782 the displayed words, then the value of
783 .I name
784 is set to that word. If the line is empty, the words and prompt
785 are displayed again. If EOF is read, the command completes. Any
786 other value read causes
787 .I name
788 to be set to null. The line read is saved in the variable
789 .BR REPLY .
790 The
791 .I list
792 is executed after each selection until a
793 .B break
794 command is executed.
795 The exit status of
796 .B select
797 is the exit status of the last command executed in
798 .IR list ,
799 or zero if no commands were executed.
800 .TP
801 \fBcase\fP \fIword\fP \fBin\fP [ [(] \fIpattern\fP [ \fB|\fP \fIpattern\fP ] \
802 ... ) \fIlist\fP ;; ] ... \fBesac\fP
803 A \fBcase\fP command first expands \fIword\fP, and tries to match
804 it against each \fIpattern\fP in turn, using the same matching rules
805 as for pathname expansion (see
806 .B Pathname Expansion
807 below).
808 If the shell option
809 .B nocasematch
810 is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
811 of alphabetic characters.
812 When a match is found, the
813 corresponding \fIlist\fP is executed. After the first match, no
814 subsequent matches are attempted. The exit status is zero if no
815 pattern matches. Otherwise, it is the exit status of the
816 last command executed in \fIlist\fP.
817 .TP
818 \fBif\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBthen\fP \fIlist;\fP \
819 [ \fBelif\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP; ] ... \
820 [ \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP; ] \fBfi\fP
821 The
822 .B if
823 .I list
824 is executed. If its exit status is zero, the
825 \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed. Otherwise, each \fBelif\fP
826 \fIlist\fP is executed in turn, and if its exit status is zero,
827 the corresponding \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed and the
828 command completes. Otherwise, the \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP is
829 executed, if present. The exit status is the exit status of the
830 last command executed, or zero if no condition tested true.
831 .TP
832 \fBwhile\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdone\fP
833 .PD 0
834 .TP
835 \fBuntil\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdone\fP
836 .PD
837 The \fBwhile\fP command continuously executes the \fBdo\fP
838 \fIlist\fP as long as the last command in \fIlist\fP returns
839 an exit status of zero. The \fBuntil\fP command is identical
840 to the \fBwhile\fP command, except that the test is negated;
841 the
842 .B do
843 .I list
844 is executed as long as the last command in
845 .I list
846 returns a non-zero exit status.
847 The exit status of the \fBwhile\fP and \fBuntil\fP commands
848 is the exit status
849 of the last \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP command executed, or zero if
850 none was executed.
851 .SS Shell Function Definitions
852 .PP
853 A shell function is an object that is called like a simple command and
854 executes a compound command with a new set of positional parameters.
855 Shell functions are declared as follows:
856 .TP
857 [ \fBfunction\fP ] \fIname\fP () \fIcompound\-command\fP [\fIredirection\fP]
858 This defines a function named \fIname\fP.
859 The reserved word \fBfunction\fP is optional.
860 If the \fBfunction\fP reserved word is supplied, the parentheses are optional.
861 The \fIbody\fP of the function is the compound command
862 .I compound\-command
863 (see \fBCompound Commands\fP above).
864 That command is usually a \fIlist\fP of commands between { and }, but
865 may be any command listed under \fBCompound Commands\fP above.
866 \fIcompound\-command\fP is executed whenever \fIname\fP is specified as the
867 name of a simple command.
868 Any redirections (see
869 .SM
870 .B REDIRECTION
871 below) specified when a function is defined are performed
872 when the function is executed.
873 The exit status of a function definition is zero unless a syntax error
874 occurs or a readonly function with the same name already exists.
875 When executed, the exit status of a function is the exit status of the
876 last command executed in the body. (See
877 .SM
878 .B FUNCTIONS
879 below.)
880 .SH COMMENTS
881 In a non-interactive shell, or an interactive shell in which the
882 .B interactive_comments
883 option to the
884 .B shopt
885 builtin is enabled (see
886 .SM
887 .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
888 below), a word beginning with
889 .B #
890 causes that word and all remaining characters on that line to
891 be ignored. An interactive shell without the
892 .B interactive_comments
893 option enabled does not allow comments. The
894 .B interactive_comments
895 option is on by default in interactive shells.
896 .SH QUOTING
897 \fIQuoting\fP is used to remove the special meaning of certain
898 characters or words to the shell. Quoting can be used to
899 disable special treatment for special characters, to prevent
900 reserved words from being recognized as such, and to prevent
901 parameter expansion.
902 .PP
903 Each of the \fImetacharacters\fP listed above under
904 .SM
905 .B DEFINITIONS
906 has special meaning to the shell and must be quoted if it is to
907 represent itself.
908 .PP
909 When the command history expansion facilities are being used
910 (see
911 .SM
912 .B HISTORY EXPANSION
913 below), the
914 \fIhistory expansion\fP character, usually \fB!\fP, must be quoted
915 to prevent history expansion.
916 .PP
917 There are three quoting mechanisms: the
918 .IR "escape character" ,
919 single quotes, and double quotes.
920 .PP
921 A non-quoted backslash (\fB\e\fP) is the
922 .IR "escape character" .
923 It preserves the literal value of the next character that follows,
924 with the exception of <newline>. If a \fB\e\fP<newline> pair
925 appears, and the backslash is not itself quoted, the \fB\e\fP<newline>
926 is treated as a line continuation (that is, it is removed from the
927 input stream and effectively ignored).
928 .PP
929 Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the literal value
930 of each character within the quotes. A single quote may not occur
931 between single quotes, even when preceded by a backslash.
932 .PP
933 Enclosing characters in double quotes preserves the literal value
934 of all characters within the quotes, with the exception of
935 .BR $ ,
936 .BR ` ,
937 .BR \e ,
938 and, when history expansion is enabled,
939 .BR ! .
940 The characters
941 .B $
942 and
943 .B `
944 retain their special meaning within double quotes. The backslash
945 retains its special meaning only when followed by one of the following
946 characters:
947 .BR $ ,
948 .BR ` ,
949 \^\fB"\fP\^,
950 .BR \e ,
951 or
952 .BR <newline> .
953 A double quote may be quoted within double quotes by preceding it with
954 a backslash.
955 If enabled, history expansion will be performed unless an
956 .B !
957 appearing in double quotes is escaped using a backslash.
958 The backslash preceding the
959 .B !
960 is not removed.
961 .PP
962 The special parameters
963 .B *
964 and
965 .B @
966 have special meaning when in double
967 quotes (see
968 .SM
969 .B PARAMETERS
970 below).
971 .PP
972 Words of the form \fB$\fP'\fIstring\fP' are treated specially. The
973 word expands to \fIstring\fP, with backslash-escaped characters replaced
974 as specified by the ANSI C standard. Backslash escape sequences, if
975 present, are decoded as follows:
976 .RS
977 .PD 0
978 .TP
979 .B \ea
980 alert (bell)
981 .TP
982 .B \eb
983 backspace
984 .TP
985 .B \ee
986 an escape character
987 .TP
988 .B \ef
989 form feed
990 .TP
991 .B \en
992 new line
993 .TP
994 .B \er
995 carriage return
996 .TP
997 .B \et
998 horizontal tab
999 .TP
1000 .B \ev
1001 vertical tab
1002 .TP
1003 .B \e\e
1004 backslash
1005 .TP
1006 .B \e'
1007 single quote
1008 .TP
1009 .B \e\fInnn\fP
1010 the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP
1011 (one to three digits)
1012 .TP
1013 .B \ex\fIHH\fP
1014 the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP
1015 (one or two hex digits)
1016 .TP
1017 .B \ec\fIx\fP
1018 a control-\fIx\fP character
1019 .PD
1020 .RE
1021 .LP
1022 The expanded result is single-quoted, as if the dollar sign had
1023 not been present.
1024 .PP
1025 A double-quoted string preceded by a dollar sign (\fB$\fP) will cause
1026 the string to be translated according to the current locale.
1027 If the current locale is \fBC\fP or \fBPOSIX\fP, the dollar sign
1028 is ignored.
1029 If the string is translated and replaced, the replacement is
1030 double-quoted.
1031 .SH PARAMETERS
1032 A
1033 .I parameter
1034 is an entity that stores values.
1035 It can be a
1036 .IR name ,
1037 a number, or one of the special characters listed below under
1038 .BR "Special Parameters" .
1039 A
1040 .I variable
1041 is a parameter denoted by a
1042 .IR name .
1043 A variable has a \fIvalue\fP and zero or more \fIattributes\fP.
1044 Attributes are assigned using the
1045 .B declare
1046 builtin command (see
1047 .B declare
1048 below in
1049 .SM
1050 .BR "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" ).
1051 .PP
1052 A parameter is set if it has been assigned a value. The null string is
1053 a valid value. Once a variable is set, it may be unset only by using
1054 the
1055 .B unset
1056 builtin command (see
1057 .SM
1058 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
1059 below).
1060 .PP
1061 A
1062 .I variable
1063 may be assigned to by a statement of the form
1064 .RS
1065 .PP
1066 \fIname\fP=[\fIvalue\fP]
1067 .RE
1068 .PP
1069 If
1070 .I value
1071 is not given, the variable is assigned the null string. All
1072 .I values
1073 undergo tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
1074 command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote
1075 removal (see
1076 .SM
1077 .B EXPANSION
1078 below). If the variable has its
1079 .B integer
1080 attribute set, then
1081 .I value
1082 is evaluated as an arithmetic expression even if the $((...)) expansion is
1083 not used (see
1084 .B "Arithmetic Expansion"
1085 below).
1086 Word splitting is not performed, with the exception
1087 of \fB"$@"\fP as explained below under
1088 .BR "Special Parameters" .
1089 Pathname expansion is not performed.
1090 Assignment statements may also appear as arguments to the
1091 .BR alias ,
1092 .BR declare ,
1093 .BR typeset ,
1094 .BR export ,
1095 .BR readonly ,
1096 and
1097 .B local
1098 builtin commands.
1099 .PP
1100 In the context where an assignment statement is assigning a value
1101 to a shell variable or array index, the += operator can be used to
1102 append to or add to the variable's previous value.
1103 When += is applied to a variable for which the integer attribute has been
1104 set, \fIvalue\fP is evaluated as an arithmetic expression and added to the
1105 variable's current value, which is also evaluated.
1106 When += is applied to an array variable using compound assignment (see
1107 .B Arrays
1108 below), the
1109 variable's value is not unset (as it is when using =), and new values are
1110 appended to the array beginning at one greater than the array's maximum index.
1111 When applied to a string-valued variable, \fIvalue\fP is expanded and
1112 appended to the variable's value.
1113 .SS Positional Parameters
1114 .PP
1115 A
1116 .I positional parameter
1117 is a parameter denoted by one or more
1118 digits, other than the single digit 0. Positional parameters are
1119 assigned from the shell's arguments when it is invoked,
1120 and may be reassigned using the
1121 .B set
1122 builtin command. Positional parameters may not be assigned to
1123 with assignment statements. The positional parameters are
1124 temporarily replaced when a shell function is executed (see
1125 .SM
1126 .B FUNCTIONS
1127 below).
1128 .PP
1129 When a positional parameter consisting of more than a single
1130 digit is expanded, it must be enclosed in braces (see
1131 .SM
1132 .B EXPANSION
1133 below).
1134 .SS Special Parameters
1135 .PP
1136 The shell treats several parameters specially. These parameters may
1137 only be referenced; assignment to them is not allowed.
1138 .PD 0
1139 .TP
1140 .B *
1141 Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the
1142 expansion occurs within double quotes, it expands to a single word
1143 with the value of each parameter separated by the first character
1144 of the
1145 .SM
1146 .B IFS
1147 special variable. That is, "\fB$*\fP" is equivalent
1148 to "\fB$1\fP\fIc\fP\fB$2\fP\fIc\fP\fB...\fP", where
1149 .I c
1150 is the first character of the value of the
1151 .SM
1152 .B IFS
1153 variable. If
1154 .SM
1155 .B IFS
1156 is unset, the parameters are separated by spaces.
1157 If
1158 .SM
1159 .B IFS
1160 is null, the parameters are joined without intervening separators.
1161 .TP
1162 .B @
1163 Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the
1164 expansion occurs within double quotes, each parameter expands to a
1165 separate word. That is, "\fB$@\fP" is equivalent to
1166 "\fB$1\fP" "\fB$2\fP" ...
1167 If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of
1168 the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original
1169 word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last
1170 part of the original word.
1171 When there are no positional parameters, "\fB$@\fP" and
1172 .B $@
1173 expand to nothing (i.e., they are removed).
1174 .TP
1175 .B #
1176 Expands to the number of positional parameters in decimal.
1177 .TP
1178 .B ?
1179 Expands to the status of the most recently executed foreground
1180 pipeline.
1181 .TP
1182 .B \-
1183 Expands to the current option flags as specified upon invocation,
1184 by the
1185 .B set
1186 builtin command, or those set by the shell itself
1187 (such as the
1188 .B \-i
1189 option).
1190 .TP
1191 .B $
1192 Expands to the process ID of the shell. In a () subshell, it
1193 expands to the process ID of the current shell, not the
1194 subshell.
1195 .TP
1196 .B !
1197 Expands to the process ID of the most recently executed background
1198 (asynchronous) command.
1199 .TP
1200 .B 0
1201 Expands to the name of the shell or shell script. This is set at
1202 shell initialization. If
1203 .B bash
1204 is invoked with a file of commands,
1205 .B $0
1206 is set to the name of that file. If
1207 .B bash
1208 is started with the
1209 .B \-c
1210 option, then
1211 .B $0
1212 is set to the first argument after the string to be
1213 executed, if one is present. Otherwise, it is set
1214 to the file name used to invoke
1215 .BR bash ,
1216 as given by argument zero.
1217 .TP
1218 .B _
1219 At shell startup, set to the absolute pathname used to invoke the
1220 shell or shell script being executed as passed in the environment
1221 or argument list.
1222 Subsequently, expands to the last argument to the previous command,
1223 after expansion.
1224 Also set to the full pathname used to invoke each command executed
1225 and placed in the environment exported to that command.
1226 When checking mail, this parameter holds the name of the mail file
1227 currently being checked.
1228 .PD
1229 .SS Shell Variables
1230 .PP
1231 The following variables are set by the shell:
1232 .PP
1233 .PD 0
1234 .TP
1235 .B BASH
1236 Expands to the full file name used to invoke this instance of
1237 .BR bash .
1238 .TP
1239 .B BASH_ARGC
1240 An array variable whose values are the number of parameters in each
1241 frame of the current bash execution call stack.
1242 The number of
1243 parameters to the current subroutine (shell function or script executed
1244 with \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP) is at the top of the stack.
1245 When a subroutine is executed, the number of parameters passed is pushed onto
1246 \fBBASH_ARGC\fP.
1247 The shell sets \fBBASH_ARGC\fP only when in extended debugging mode
1248 (see the description of the
1249 .B extdebug
1250 option to the
1251 .B shopt
1252 builtin below)
1253 .TP
1254 .B BASH_ARGV
1255 An array variable containing all of the parameters in the current bash
1256 execution call stack. The final parameter of the last subroutine call
1257 is at the top of the stack; the first parameter of the initial call is
1258 at the bottom. When a subroutine is executed, the parameters supplied
1259 are pushed onto \fBBASH_ARGV\fP.
1260 The shell sets \fBBASH_ARGV\fP only when in extended debugging mode
1261 (see the description of the
1262 .B extdebug
1263 option to the
1264 .B shopt
1265 builtin below)
1266 .TP
1267 .B BASH_COMMAND
1268 The command currently being executed or about to be executed, unless the
1269 shell is executing a command as the result of a trap,
1270 in which case it is the command executing at the time of the trap.
1271 .TP
1272 .B BASH_EXECUTION_STRING
1273 The command argument to the \fB\-c\fP invocation option.
1274 .TP
1275 .B BASH_LINENO
1276 An array variable whose members are the line numbers in source files
1277 corresponding to each member of \fBFUNCNAME\fP.
1278 \fB${BASH_LINENO[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP is the line number in the source
1279 file where \fB${FUNCNAME[\fP\fI$ifP\fB]}\fP was called.
1280 The corresponding source file name is \fB${BASH_SOURCE[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fB.
1281 Use \fBLINENO\fP to obtain the current line number.
1282 .TP
1283 .B BASH_REMATCH
1284 An array variable whose members are assigned by the \fB=~\fP binary
1285 operator to the \fB[[\fP conditional command.
1286 The element with index 0 is the portion of the string
1287 matching the entire regular expression.
1288 The element with index \fIn\fP is the portion of the
1289 string matching the \fIn\fPth parenthesized subexpression.
1290 This variable is read-only.
1291 .TP
1292 .B BASH_SOURCE
1293 An array variable whose members are the source filenames corresponding
1294 to the elements in the \fBFUNCNAME\fP array variable.
1295 .TP
1296 .B BASH_SUBSHELL
1297 Incremented by one each time a subshell or subshell environment is spawned.
1298 The initial value is 0.
1299 .TP
1300 .B BASH_VERSINFO
1301 A readonly array variable whose members hold version information for
1302 this instance of
1303 .BR bash .
1304 The values assigned to the array members are as follows:
1305 .sp .5
1306 .RS
1307 .PD 0
1308 .TP 24
1309 .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR0\fP]
1310 The major version number (the \fIrelease\fP).
1311 .TP
1312 .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR1\fP]
1313 The minor version number (the \fIversion\fP).
1314 .TP
1315 .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR2\fP]
1316 The patch level.
1317 .TP
1318 .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR3\fP]
1319 The build version.
1320 .TP
1321 .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR4\fP]
1322 The release status (e.g., \fIbeta1\fP).
1323 .TP
1324 .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR5\fP]
1325 The value of \fBMACHTYPE\fP.
1326 .PD
1327 .RE
1328 .TP
1329 .B BASH_VERSION
1330 Expands to a string describing the version of this instance of
1331 .BR bash .
1332 .TP
1333 .B COMP_CWORD
1334 An index into \fB${COMP_WORDS}\fP of the word containing the current
1335 cursor position.
1336 This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the
1337 programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP
1338 below).
1339 .TP
1340 .B COMP_LINE
1341 The current command line.
1342 This variable is available only in shell functions and external
1343 commands invoked by the
1344 programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP
1345 below).
1346 .TP
1347 .B COMP_POINT
1348 The index of the current cursor position relative to the beginning of
1349 the current command.
1350 If the current cursor position is at the end of the current command,
1351 the value of this variable is equal to \fB${#COMP_LINE}\fP.
1352 This variable is available only in shell functions and external
1353 commands invoked by the
1354 programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP
1355 below).
1356 .TP
1357 .B COMP_WORDBREAKS
1358 The set of characters that the Readline library treats as word
1359 separators when performing word completion.
1360 If
1361 .SM
1362 .B COMP_WORDBREAKS
1363 is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
1364 subsequently reset.
1365 .TP
1366 .B COMP_WORDS
1367 An array variable (see \fBArrays\fP below) consisting of the individual
1368 words in the current command line.
1369 This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the
1370 programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP
1371 below).
1372 .TP
1373 .B DIRSTACK
1374 An array variable (see
1375 .B Arrays
1376 below) containing the current contents of the directory stack.
1377 Directories appear in the stack in the order they are displayed by the
1378 .B dirs
1379 builtin.
1380 Assigning to members of this array variable may be used to modify
1381 directories already in the stack, but the
1382 .B pushd
1383 and
1384 .B popd
1385 builtins must be used to add and remove directories.
1386 Assignment to this variable will not change the current directory.
1387 If
1388 .SM
1389 .B DIRSTACK
1390 is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
1391 subsequently reset.
1392 .TP
1393 .B EUID
1394 Expands to the effective user ID of the current user, initialized at
1395 shell startup. This variable is readonly.
1396 .TP
1397 .B FUNCNAME
1398 An array variable containing the names of all shell functions
1399 currently in the execution call stack.
1400 The element with index 0 is the name of any currently-executing
1401 shell function.
1402 The bottom-most element is "main".
1403 This variable exists only when a shell function is executing.
1404 Assignments to
1405 .SM
1406 .B FUNCNAME
1407 have no effect and return an error status.
1408 If
1409 .SM
1410 .B FUNCNAME
1411 is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
1412 subsequently reset.
1413 .TP
1414 .B GROUPS
1415 An array variable containing the list of groups of which the current
1416 user is a member.
1417 Assignments to
1418 .SM
1419 .B GROUPS
1420 have no effect and return an error status.
1421 If
1422 .SM
1423 .B GROUPS
1424 is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
1425 subsequently reset.
1426 .TP
1427 .B HISTCMD
1428 The history number, or index in the history list, of the current
1429 command.
1430 If
1431 .SM
1432 .B HISTCMD
1433 is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
1434 subsequently reset.
1435 .TP
1436 .B HOSTNAME
1437 Automatically set to the name of the current host.
1438 .TP
1439 .B HOSTTYPE
1440 Automatically set to a string that uniquely
1441 describes the type of machine on which
1442 .B bash
1443 is executing.
1444 The default is system-dependent.
1445 .TP
1446 .B LINENO
1447 Each time this parameter is referenced, the shell substitutes
1448 a decimal number representing the current sequential line number
1449 (starting with 1) within a script or function. When not in a
1450 script or function, the value substituted is not guaranteed to
1451 be meaningful.
1452 If
1453 .SM
1454 .B LINENO
1455 is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
1456 subsequently reset.
1457 .TP
1458 .B MACHTYPE
1459 Automatically set to a string that fully describes the system
1460 type on which
1461 .B bash
1462 is executing, in the standard GNU \fIcpu-company-system\fP format.
1463 The default is system-dependent.
1464 .TP
1465 .B OLDPWD
1466 The previous working directory as set by the
1467 .B cd
1468 command.
1469 .TP
1470 .B OPTARG
1471 The value of the last option argument processed by the
1472 .B getopts
1473 builtin command (see
1474 .SM
1475 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
1476 below).
1477 .TP
1478 .B OPTIND
1479 The index of the next argument to be processed by the
1480 .B getopts
1481 builtin command (see
1482 .SM
1483 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
1484 below).
1485 .TP
1486 .B OSTYPE
1487 Automatically set to a string that
1488 describes the operating system on which
1489 .B bash
1490 is executing.
1491 The default is system-dependent.
1492 .TP
1493 .B PIPESTATUS
1494 An array variable (see
1495 .B Arrays
1496 below) containing a list of exit status values from the processes
1497 in the most-recently-executed foreground pipeline (which may
1498 contain only a single command).
1499 .TP
1500 .B PPID
1501 The process ID of the shell's parent. This variable is readonly.
1502 .TP
1503 .B PWD
1504 The current working directory as set by the
1505 .B cd
1506 command.
1507 .TP
1508 .B RANDOM
1509 Each time this parameter is referenced, a random integer between
1510 0 and 32767 is
1511 generated. The sequence of random numbers may be initialized by assigning
1512 a value to
1513 .SM
1514 .BR RANDOM .
1515 If
1516 .SM
1517 .B RANDOM
1518 is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
1519 subsequently reset.
1520 .TP
1521 .B REPLY
1522 Set to the line of input read by the
1523 .B read
1524 builtin command when no arguments are supplied.
1525 .TP
1526 .B SECONDS
1527 Each time this parameter is
1528 referenced, the number of seconds since shell invocation is returned. If a
1529 value is assigned to
1530 .SM
1531 .BR SECONDS ,
1532 the value returned upon subsequent
1533 references is
1534 the number of seconds since the assignment plus the value assigned.
1535 If
1536 .SM
1537 .B SECONDS
1538 is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
1539 subsequently reset.
1540 .TP
1541 .B SHELLOPTS
1542 A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in
1543 the list is a valid argument for the
1544 .B \-o
1545 option to the
1546 .B set
1547 builtin command (see
1548 .SM
1549 .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
1550 below). The options appearing in
1551 .SM
1552 .B SHELLOPTS
1553 are those reported as
1554 .I on
1555 by \fBset \-o\fP.
1556 If this variable is in the environment when
1557 .B bash
1558 starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before
1559 reading any startup files.
1560 This variable is read-only.
1561 .TP
1562 .B SHLVL
1563 Incremented by one each time an instance of
1564 .B bash
1565 is started.
1566 .TP
1567 .B UID
1568 Expands to the user ID of the current user, initialized at shell startup.
1569 This variable is readonly.
1570 .PD
1571 .PP
1572 The following variables are used by the shell. In some cases,
1573 .B bash
1574 assigns a default value to a variable; these cases are noted
1575 below.
1576 .PP
1577 .PD 0
1578 .TP
1579 .B BASH_ENV
1580 If this parameter is set when \fBbash\fP is executing a shell script,
1581 its value is interpreted as a filename containing commands to
1582 initialize the shell, as in
1583 .IR ~/.bashrc .
1584 The value of
1585 .SM
1586 .B BASH_ENV
1587 is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
1588 expansion before being interpreted as a file name.
1589 .SM
1590 .B PATH
1591 is not used to search for the resultant file name.
1592 .TP
1593 .B CDPATH
1594 The search path for the
1595 .B cd
1596 command.
1597 This is a colon-separated list of directories in which the shell looks
1598 for destination directories specified by the
1599 .B cd
1600 command.
1601 A sample value is
1602 .if t \f(CW".:~:/usr"\fP.
1603 .if n ".:~:/usr".
1604 .TP
1605 .B COLUMNS
1606 Used by the \fBselect\fP builtin command to determine the terminal width
1607 when printing selection lists. Automatically set upon receipt of a SIGWINCH.
1608 .TP
1609 .B COMPREPLY
1610 An array variable from which \fBbash\fP reads the possible completions
1611 generated by a shell function invoked by the programmable completion
1612 facility (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP below).
1613 .TP
1614 .B EMACS
1615 If \fBbash\fP finds this variable in the environment when the shell starts
1616 with value
1617 .if t \f(CWt\fP,
1618 .if n "t",
1619 it assumes that the shell is running in an emacs shell buffer and disables
1620 line editing.
1621 .TP
1622 .B FCEDIT
1623 The default editor for the
1624 .B fc
1625 builtin command.
1626 .TP
1627 .B FIGNORE
1628 A colon-separated list of suffixes to ignore when performing
1629 filename completion (see
1630 .SM
1631 .B READLINE
1632 below).
1633 A filename whose suffix matches one of the entries in
1634 .SM
1635 .B FIGNORE
1636 is excluded from the list of matched filenames.
1637 A sample value is
1638 .if t \f(CW".o:~"\fP.
1639 .if n ".o:~".
1640 .TP
1641 .B GLOBIGNORE
1642 A colon-separated list of patterns defining the set of filenames to
1643 be ignored by pathname expansion.
1644 If a filename matched by a pathname expansion pattern also matches one
1645 of the patterns in
1646 .SM
1647 .BR GLOBIGNORE ,
1648 it is removed from the list of matches.
1649 .TP
1650 .B HISTCONTROL
1651 A colon-separated list of values controlling how commands are saved on
1652 the history list.
1653 If the list of values includes
1654 .IR ignorespace ,
1655 lines which begin with a
1656 .B space
1657 character are not saved in the history list.
1658 A value of
1659 .I ignoredups
1660 causes lines matching the previous history entry to not be saved.
1661 A value of
1662 .I ignoreboth
1663 is shorthand for \fIignorespace\fP and \fIignoredups\fP.
1664 A value of
1665 .IR erasedups
1666 causes all previous lines matching the current line to be removed from
1667 the history list before that line is saved.
1668 Any value not in the above list is ignored.
1669 If \fBHISTCONTROL\fP is unset, or does not include a valid value,
1670 all lines read by the shell parser are saved on the history list,
1671 subject to the value of
1672 .BR HISTIGNORE .
1673 The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are
1674 not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of
1675 .BR HISTCONTROL .
1676 .TP
1677 .B HISTFILE
1678 The name of the file in which command history is saved (see
1679 .SM
1680 .B HISTORY
1681 below). The default value is \fI~/.bash_history\fP. If unset, the
1682 command history is not saved when an interactive shell exits.
1683 .TP
1684 .B HISTFILESIZE
1685 The maximum number of lines contained in the history file. When this
1686 variable is assigned a value, the history file is truncated, if
1687 necessary, to contain no more than that number of lines. The default
1688 value is 500. The history file is also truncated to this size after
1689 writing it when an interactive shell exits.
1690 .TP
1691 .B HISTIGNORE
1692 A colon-separated list of patterns used to decide which command lines
1693 should be saved on the history list. Each pattern is anchored at the
1694 beginning of the line and must match the complete line (no implicit
1695 `\fB*\fP' is appended). Each pattern is tested against the line
1696 after the checks specified by
1697 .B HISTCONTROL
1698 are applied.
1699 In addition to the normal shell pattern matching characters, `\fB&\fP'
1700 matches the previous history line. `\fB&\fP' may be escaped using a
1701 backslash; the backslash is removed before attempting a match.
1702 The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are
1703 not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of
1704 .BR HISTIGNORE .
1705 .TP
1706 .B HISTSIZE
1707 The number of commands to remember in the command history (see
1708 .SM
1709 .B HISTORY
1710 below). The default value is 500.
1711 .TP
1712 .B HISTTIMEFORMAT
1713 If this variable is set and not null, its value is used as a format string
1714 for \fIstrftime\fP(3) to print the time stamp associated with each history
1715 entry displayed by the \fBhistory\fP builtin.
1716 If this variable is set, time stamps are written to the history file so
1717 they may be preserved across shell sessions.
1718 .TP
1719 .B HOME
1720 The home directory of the current user; the default argument for the
1721 \fBcd\fP builtin command.
1722 The value of this variable is also used when performing tilde expansion.
1723 .TP
1724 .B HOSTFILE
1725 Contains the name of a file in the same format as
1726 .FN /etc/hosts
1727 that should be read when the shell needs to complete a
1728 hostname.
1729 The list of possible hostname completions may be changed while the
1730 shell is running;
1731 the next time hostname completion is attempted after the
1732 value is changed,
1733 .B bash
1734 adds the contents of the new file to the existing list.
1735 If
1736 .SM
1737 .B HOSTFILE
1738 is set, but has no value, \fBbash\fP attempts to read
1739 .FN /etc/hosts
1740 to obtain the list of possible hostname completions.
1741 When
1742 .SM
1743 .B HOSTFILE
1744 is unset, the hostname list is cleared.
1745 .TP
1746 .B IFS
1747 The
1748 .I Internal Field Separator
1749 that is used
1750 for word splitting after expansion and to
1751 split lines into words with the
1752 .B read
1753 builtin command. The default value is
1754 ``<space><tab><newline>''.
1755 .TP
1756 .B IGNOREEOF
1757 Controls the
1758 action of an interactive shell on receipt of an
1759 .SM
1760 .B EOF
1761 character as the sole input. If set, the value is the number of
1762 consecutive
1763 .SM
1764 .B EOF
1765 characters which must be
1766 typed as the first characters on an input line before
1767 .B bash
1768 exits. If the variable exists but does not have a numeric value, or
1769 has no value, the default value is 10. If it does not exist,
1770 .SM
1771 .B EOF
1772 signifies the end of input to the shell.
1773 .TP
1774 .B INPUTRC
1775 The filename for the
1776 .B readline
1777 startup file, overriding the default of
1778 .FN ~/.inputrc
1779 (see
1780 .SM
1781 .B READLINE
1782 below).
1783 .TP
1784 .B LANG
1785 Used to determine the locale category for any category not specifically
1786 selected with a variable starting with \fBLC_\fP.
1787 .TP
1788 .B LC_ALL
1789 This variable overrides the value of \fBLANG\fP and any other
1790 \fBLC_\fP variable specifying a locale category.
1791 .TP
1792 .B LC_COLLATE
1793 This variable determines the collation order used when sorting the
1794 results of pathname expansion, and determines the behavior of range
1795 expressions, equivalence classes, and collating sequences within
1796 pathname expansion and pattern matching.
1797 .TP
1798 .B LC_CTYPE
1799 This variable determines the interpretation of characters and the
1800 behavior of character classes within pathname expansion and pattern
1801 matching.
1802 .TP
1803 .B LC_MESSAGES
1804 This variable determines the locale used to translate double-quoted
1805 strings preceded by a \fB$\fP.
1806 .TP
1807 .B LC_NUMERIC
1808 This variable determines the locale category used for number formatting.
1809 .TP
1810 .B LINES
1811 Used by the \fBselect\fP builtin command to determine the column length
1812 for printing selection lists. Automatically set upon receipt of a SIGWINCH.
1813 .TP
1814 .B MAIL
1815 If this parameter is set to a file name and the
1816 .SM
1817 .B MAILPATH
1818 variable is not set,
1819 .B bash
1820 informs the user of the arrival of mail in the specified file.
1821 .TP
1822 .B MAILCHECK
1823 Specifies how
1824 often (in seconds)
1825 .B bash
1826 checks for mail. The default is 60 seconds. When it is time to check
1827 for mail, the shell does so before displaying the primary prompt.
1828 If this variable is unset, or set to a value that is not a number
1829 greater than or equal to zero, the shell disables mail checking.
1830 .TP
1831 .B MAILPATH
1832 A colon-separated list of file names to be checked for mail.
1833 The message to be printed when mail arrives in a particular file
1834 may be specified by separating the file name from the message with a `?'.
1835 When used in the text of the message, \fB$_\fP expands to the name of
1836 the current mailfile.
1837 Example:
1838 .RS
1839 .PP
1840 \fBMAILPATH\fP='/var/mail/bfox?"You have mail":~/shell\-mail?"$_ has mail!"'
1841 .PP
1842 .B Bash
1843 supplies a default value for this variable, but the location of the user
1844 mail files that it uses is system dependent (e.g., /var/mail/\fB$USER\fP).
1845 .RE
1846 .TP
1847 .B OPTERR
1848 If set to the value 1,
1849 .B bash
1850 displays error messages generated by the
1851 .B getopts
1852 builtin command (see
1853 .SM
1854 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
1855 below).
1856 .SM
1857 .B OPTERR
1858 is initialized to 1 each time the shell is invoked or a shell
1859 script is executed.
1860 .TP
1861 .B PATH
1862 The search path for commands. It
1863 is a colon-separated list of directories in which
1864 the shell looks for commands (see
1865 .SM
1866 .B COMMAND EXECUTION
1867 below).
1868 A zero-length (null) directory name in the value of \fBPATH\fP indicates the
1869 current directory.
1870 A null directory name may appear as two adjacent colons, or as an initial
1871 or trailing colon.
1872 The default path is system-dependent,
1873 and is set by the administrator who installs
1874 .BR bash .
1875 A common value is
1876 .if t \f(CW/usr/gnu/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/ucb:/bin:/usr/bin\fP.
1877 .if n ``/usr/gnu/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/ucb:/bin:/usr/bin''.
1878 .TP
1879 .B POSIXLY_CORRECT
1880 If this variable is in the environment when \fBbash\fP starts, the shell
1881 enters \fIposix mode\fP before reading the startup files, as if the
1882 .B \-\-posix
1883 invocation option had been supplied. If it is set while the shell is
1884 running, \fBbash\fP enables \fIposix mode\fP, as if the command
1885 .if t \f(CWset -o posix\fP
1886 .if n \fIset -o posix\fP
1887 had been executed.
1888 .TP
1889 .B PROMPT_COMMAND
1890 If set, the value is executed as a command prior to issuing each primary
1891 prompt.
1892 .TP
1893 .B PS1
1894 The value of this parameter is expanded (see
1895 .SM
1896 .B PROMPTING
1897 below) and used as the primary prompt string. The default value is
1898 ``\fB\es\-\ev\e$ \fP''.
1899 .TP
1900 .B PS2
1901 The value of this parameter is expanded as with
1902 .B PS1
1903 and used as the secondary prompt string. The default is
1904 ``\fB> \fP''.
1905 .TP
1906 .B PS3
1907 The value of this parameter is used as the prompt for the
1908 .B select
1909 command (see
1910 .SM
1911 .B SHELL GRAMMAR
1912 above).
1913 .TP
1914 .B PS4
1915 The value of this parameter is expanded as with
1916 .B PS1
1917 and the value is printed before each command
1918 .B bash
1919 displays during an execution trace. The first character of
1920 .SM
1921 .B PS4
1922 is replicated multiple times, as necessary, to indicate multiple
1923 levels of indirection. The default is ``\fB+ \fP''.
1924 .TP
1925 .B SHELL
1926 The full pathname to the shell is kept in this environment variable.
1927 If it is not set when the shell starts,
1928 .B bash
1929 assigns to it the full pathname of the current user's login shell.
1930 .TP
1931 .B TIMEFORMAT
1932 The value of this parameter is used as a format string specifying
1933 how the timing information for pipelines prefixed with the
1934 .B time
1935 reserved word should be displayed.
1936 The \fB%\fP character introduces an escape sequence that is
1937 expanded to a time value or other information.
1938 The escape sequences and their meanings are as follows; the
1939 braces denote optional portions.
1940 .sp .5
1941 .RS
1942 .PD 0
1943 .TP 10
1944 .B %%
1945 A literal \fB%\fP.
1946 .TP
1947 .B %[\fIp\fP][l]R
1948 The elapsed time in seconds.
1949 .TP
1950 .B %[\fIp\fP][l]U
1951 The number of CPU seconds spent in user mode.
1952 .TP
1953 .B %[\fIp\fP][l]S
1954 The number of CPU seconds spent in system mode.
1955 .TP
1956 .B %P
1957 The CPU percentage, computed as (%U + %S) / %R.
1958 .PD
1959 .RE
1960 .IP
1961 The optional \fIp\fP is a digit specifying the \fIprecision\fP,
1962 the number of fractional digits after a decimal point.
1963 A value of 0 causes no decimal point or fraction to be output.
1964 At most three places after the decimal point may be specified;
1965 values of \fIp\fP greater than 3 are changed to 3.
1966 If \fIp\fP is not specified, the value 3 is used.
1967 .IP
1968 The optional \fBl\fP specifies a longer format, including
1969 minutes, of the form \fIMM\fPm\fISS\fP.\fIFF\fPs.
1970 The value of \fIp\fP determines whether or not the fraction is
1971 included.
1972 .IP
1973 If this variable is not set, \fBbash\fP acts as if it had the
1974 value \fB$'\enreal\et%3lR\enuser\et%3lU\ensys\t%3lS'\fP.
1975 If the value is null, no timing information is displayed.
1976 A trailing newline is added when the format string is displayed.
1977 .TP
1978 .B TMOUT
1979 If set to a value greater than zero, \fBTMOUT\fP is treated as the
1980 default timeout for the \fBread\fP builtin.
1981 The \fBselect\fP command terminates if input does not arrive
1982 after \fBTMOUT\fP seconds when input is coming from a terminal.
1983 In an interactive shell, the value is interpreted as the
1984 number of seconds to wait for input after issuing the primary prompt.
1985 .B Bash
1986 terminates after waiting for that number of seconds if input does
1987 not arrive.
1988 .TP
1989 .B TMPDIR
1990 If set, \fBBash\fP uses its value as the name of a directory in which
1991 \fBBash\fP creates temporary files for the shell's use.
1992 .TP
1993 .B auto_resume
1994 This variable controls how the shell interacts with the user and
1995 job control. If this variable is set, single word simple
1996 commands without redirections are treated as candidates for resumption
1997 of an existing stopped job. There is no ambiguity allowed; if there is
1998 more than one job beginning with the string typed, the job most recently
1999 accessed is selected. The
2000 .I name
2001 of a stopped job, in this context, is the command line used to
2002 start it.
2003 If set to the value
2004 .IR exact ,
2005 the string supplied must match the name of a stopped job exactly;
2006 if set to
2007 .IR substring ,
2008 the string supplied needs to match a substring of the name of a
2009 stopped job. The
2010 .I substring
2011 value provides functionality analogous to the
2012 .B %?
2013 job identifier (see
2014 .SM
2015 .B JOB CONTROL
2016 below). If set to any other value, the supplied string must
2017 be a prefix of a stopped job's name; this provides functionality
2018 analogous to the \fB%\fP\fIstring\fP job identifier.
2019 .TP
2020 .B histchars
2021 The two or three characters which control history expansion
2022 and tokenization (see
2023 .SM
2024 .B HISTORY EXPANSION
2025 below). The first character is the \fIhistory expansion\fP character,
2026 the character which signals the start of a history
2027 expansion, normally `\fB!\fP'.
2028 The second character is the \fIquick substitution\fP
2029 character, which is used as shorthand for re-running the previous
2030 command entered, substituting one string for another in the command.
2031 The default is `\fB^\fP'.
2032 The optional third character is the character
2033 which indicates that the remainder of the line is a comment when found
2034 as the first character of a word, normally `\fB#\fP'. The history
2035 comment character causes history substitution to be skipped for the
2036 remaining words on the line. It does not necessarily cause the shell
2037 parser to treat the rest of the line as a comment.
2038 .PD
2039 .SS Arrays
2040 .B Bash
2041 provides one-dimensional array variables. Any variable may be used as
2042 an array; the
2043 .B declare
2044 builtin will explicitly declare an array. There is no maximum
2045 limit on the size of an array, nor any requirement that members
2046 be indexed or assigned contiguously. Arrays are indexed using
2047 integers and are zero-based.
2048 .PP
2049 An array is created automatically if any variable is assigned to using
2050 the syntax \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIvalue\fP. The
2051 .I subscript
2052 is treated as an arithmetic expression that must evaluate to a number
2053 greater than or equal to zero. To explicitly declare an array, use
2054 .B declare \-a \fIname\fP
2055 (see
2056 .SM
2057 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
2058 below).
2059 .B declare \-a \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]
2060 is also accepted; the \fIsubscript\fP is ignored. Attributes may be
2061 specified for an array variable using the
2062 .B declare
2063 and
2064 .B readonly
2065 builtins. Each attribute applies to all members of an array.
2066 .PP
2067 Arrays are assigned to using compound assignments of the form
2068 \fIname\fP=\fB(\fPvalue\fI1\fP ... value\fIn\fP\fB)\fP, where each
2069 \fIvalue\fP is of the form [\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIstring\fP. Only
2070 \fIstring\fP is required. If
2071 the optional brackets and subscript are supplied, that index is assigned to;
2072 otherwise the index of the element assigned is the last index assigned
2073 to by the statement plus one. Indexing starts at zero.
2074 This syntax is also accepted by the
2075 .B declare
2076 builtin. Individual array elements may be assigned to using the
2077 \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIvalue\fP syntax introduced above.
2078 .PP
2079 Any element of an array may be referenced using
2080 ${\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]}. The braces are required to avoid
2081 conflicts with pathname expansion. If
2082 \fIsubscript\fP is \fB@\fP or \fB*\fP, the word expands to
2083 all members of \fIname\fP. These subscripts differ only when the
2084 word appears within double quotes. If the word is double-quoted,
2085 ${\fIname\fP[*]} expands to a single
2086 word with the value of each array member separated by the first
2087 character of the
2088 .SM
2089 .B IFS
2090 special variable, and ${\fIname\fP[@]} expands each element of
2091 \fIname\fP to a separate word. When there are no array members,
2092 ${\fIname\fP[@]} expands to nothing.
2093 If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of
2094 the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original
2095 word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last
2096 part of the original word.
2097 This is analogous to the expansion
2098 of the special parameters \fB*\fP and \fB@\fP (see
2099 .B Special Parameters
2100 above). ${#\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]} expands to the length of
2101 ${\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]}. If \fIsubscript\fP is \fB*\fP or
2102 \fB@\fP, the expansion is the number of elements in the array.
2103 Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to
2104 referencing element zero.
2105 .PP
2106 The
2107 .B unset
2108 builtin is used to destroy arrays. \fBunset\fP \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]
2109 destroys the array element at index \fIsubscript\fP.
2110 Care must be taken to avoid unwanted side effects caused by filename
2111 generation.
2112 \fBunset\fP \fIname\fP, where \fIname\fP is an array, or
2113 \fBunset\fP \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP], where
2114 \fIsubscript\fP is \fB*\fP or \fB@\fP, removes the entire array.
2115 .PP
2116 The
2117 .BR declare ,
2118 .BR local ,
2119 and
2120 .B readonly
2121 builtins each accept a
2122 .B \-a
2123 option to specify an array. The
2124 .B read
2125 builtin accepts a
2126 .B \-a
2127 option to assign a list of words read from the standard input
2128 to an array. The
2129 .B set
2130 and
2131 .B declare
2132 builtins display array values in a way that allows them to be
2133 reused as assignments.
2134 .SH EXPANSION
2135 Expansion is performed on the command line after it has been split into
2136 words. There are seven kinds of expansion performed:
2137 .IR "brace expansion" ,
2138 .IR "tilde expansion" ,
2139 .IR "parameter and variable expansion" ,
2140 .IR "command substitution" ,
2141 .IR "arithmetic expansion" ,
2142 .IR "word splitting" ,
2143 and
2144 .IR "pathname expansion" .
2145 .PP
2146 The order of expansions is: brace expansion, tilde expansion,
2147 parameter, variable and arithmetic expansion and
2148 command substitution
2149 (done in a left-to-right fashion), word splitting, and pathname
2150 expansion.
2151 .PP
2152 On systems that can support it, there is an additional expansion
2153 available: \fIprocess substitution\fP.
2154 .PP
2155 Only brace expansion, word splitting, and pathname expansion
2156 can change the number of words of the expansion; other expansions
2157 expand a single word to a single word.
2158 The only exceptions to this are the expansions of
2159 "\fB$@\fP" and "\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB[@]}\fP"
2160 as explained above (see
2161 .SM
2162 .BR PARAMETERS ).
2163 .SS Brace Expansion
2164 .PP
2165 .I "Brace expansion"
2166 is a mechanism by which arbitrary strings
2167 may be generated. This mechanism is similar to
2168 \fIpathname expansion\fP, but the filenames generated
2169 need not exist. Patterns to be brace expanded take
2170 the form of an optional
2171 .IR preamble ,
2172 followed by either a series of comma-separated strings or
2173 a sequence expression between a pair of braces, followed by
2174 an optional
2175 .IR postscript .
2176 The preamble is prefixed to each string contained
2177 within the braces, and the postscript is then appended
2178 to each resulting string, expanding left to right.
2179 .PP
2180 Brace expansions may be nested. The results of each expanded
2181 string are not sorted; left to right order is preserved.
2182 For example, a\fB{\fPd,c,b\fB}\fPe expands into `ade ace abe'.
2183 .PP
2184 A sequence expression takes the form \fB{\fP\fIx\fP\fB..\fP\fIy\fP\fB}\fP,
2185 where \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP are either integers or single characters.
2186 When integers are supplied, the expression expands to each number between
2187 \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP, inclusive.
2188 When characters are supplied, the expression expands to each character
2189 lexicographically between \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP, inclusive. Note that
2190 both \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP must be of the same type.
2191 .PP
2192 Brace expansion is performed before any other expansions,
2193 and any characters special to other expansions are preserved
2194 in the result. It is strictly textual.
2195 .B Bash
2196 does not apply any syntactic interpretation to the context of the
2197 expansion or the text between the braces.
2198 .PP
2199 A correctly-formed brace expansion must contain unquoted opening
2200 and closing braces, and at least one unquoted comma or a valid
2201 sequence expression.
2202 Any incorrectly formed brace expansion is left unchanged.
2203 A \fB{\fP or \fB,\fP may be quoted with a backslash to prevent its
2204 being considered part of a brace expression.
2205 To avoid conflicts with parameter expansion, the string \fB${\fP
2206 is not considered eligible for brace expansion.
2207 .PP
2208 This construct is typically used as shorthand when the common
2209 prefix of the strings to be generated is longer than in the
2210 above example:
2211 .RS
2212 .PP
2213 mkdir /usr/local/src/bash/{old,new,dist,bugs}
2214 .RE
2215 or
2216 .RS
2217 chown root /usr/{ucb/{ex,edit},lib/{ex?.?*,how_ex}}
2218 .RE
2219 .PP
2220 Brace expansion introduces a slight incompatibility with
2221 historical versions of
2222 .BR sh .
2223 .B sh
2224 does not treat opening or closing braces specially when they
2225 appear as part of a word, and preserves them in the output.
2226 .B Bash
2227 removes braces from words as a consequence of brace
2228 expansion. For example, a word entered to
2229 .B sh
2230 as \fIfile{1,2}\fP
2231 appears identically in the output. The same word is
2232 output as
2233 .I file1 file2
2234 after expansion by
2235 .BR bash .
2236 If strict compatibility with
2237 .B sh
2238 is desired, start
2239 .B bash
2240 with the
2241 .B +B
2242 option or disable brace expansion with the
2243 .B +B
2244 option to the
2245 .B set
2246 command (see
2247 .SM
2248 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
2249 below).
2250 .SS Tilde Expansion
2251 .PP
2252 If a word begins with an unquoted tilde character (`\fB~\fP'), all of
2253 the characters preceding the first unquoted slash (or all characters,
2254 if there is no unquoted slash) are considered a \fItilde-prefix\fP.
2255 If none of the characters in the tilde-prefix are quoted, the
2256 characters in the tilde-prefix following the tilde are treated as a
2257 possible \fIlogin name\fP.
2258 If this login name is the null string, the tilde is replaced with the
2259 value of the shell parameter
2260 .SM
2261 .BR HOME .
2262 If
2263 .SM
2264 .B HOME
2265 is unset, the home directory of the user executing the shell is
2266 substituted instead.
2267 Otherwise, the tilde-prefix is replaced with the home directory
2268 associated with the specified login name.
2269 .PP
2270 If the tilde-prefix is a `~+', the value of the shell variable
2271 .SM
2272 .B PWD
2273 replaces the tilde-prefix.
2274 If the tilde-prefix is a `~\-', the value of the shell variable
2275 .SM
2276 .BR OLDPWD ,
2277 if it is set, is substituted.
2278 If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist
2279 of a number \fIN\fP, optionally prefixed
2280 by a `+' or a `\-', the tilde-prefix is replaced with the corresponding
2281 element from the directory stack, as it would be displayed by the
2282 .B dirs
2283 builtin invoked with the tilde-prefix as an argument.
2284 If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist of a
2285 number without a leading `+' or `\-', `+' is assumed.
2286 .PP
2287 If the login name is invalid, or the tilde expansion fails, the word
2288 is unchanged.
2289 .PP
2290 Each variable assignment is checked for unquoted tilde-prefixes immediately
2291 following a
2292 .B :
2293 or the first
2294 .BR = .
2295 In these cases, tilde expansion is also performed.
2296 Consequently, one may use file names with tildes in assignments to
2297 .SM
2298 .BR PATH ,
2299 .SM
2300 .BR MAILPATH ,
2301 and
2302 .SM
2303 .BR CDPATH ,
2304 and the shell assigns the expanded value.
2305 .SS Parameter Expansion
2306 .PP
2307 The `\fB$\fP' character introduces parameter expansion,
2308 command substitution, or arithmetic expansion. The parameter name
2309 or symbol to be expanded may be enclosed in braces, which
2310 are optional but serve to protect the variable to be expanded from
2311 characters immediately following it which could be
2312 interpreted as part of the name.
2313 .PP
2314 When braces are used, the matching ending brace is the first `\fB}\fP'
2315 not escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and not within an
2316 embedded arithmetic expansion, command substitution, or parameter
2317 expansion.
2318 .PP
2319 .PD 0
2320 .TP
2321 ${\fIparameter\fP}
2322 The value of \fIparameter\fP is substituted. The braces are required
2323 when
2324 .I parameter
2325 is a positional parameter with more than one digit,
2326 or when
2327 .I parameter
2328 is followed by a character which is not to be
2329 interpreted as part of its name.
2330 .PD
2331 .PP
2332 If the first character of \fIparameter\fP is an exclamation point,
2333 a level of variable indirection is introduced.
2334 \fBBash\fP uses the value of the variable formed from the rest of
2335 \fIparameter\fP as the name of the variable; this variable is then
2336 expanded and that value is used in the rest of the substitution, rather
2337 than the value of \fIparameter\fP itself.
2338 This is known as \fIindirect expansion\fP.
2339 The exceptions to this are the expansions of ${!\fIprefix\fP*} and
2340 ${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI@\fP]} described below.
2341 The exclamation point must immediately follow the left brace in order to
2342 introduce indirection.
2343 .PP
2344 In each of the cases below, \fIword\fP is subject to tilde expansion,
2345 parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion.
2346 When not performing substring expansion, \fBbash\fP tests for a parameter
2347 that is unset or null; omitting the colon results in a test only for a
2348 parameter that is unset.
2349 .PP
2350 .PD 0
2351 .TP
2352 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\-\fP\fIword\fP}
2353 \fBUse Default Values\fP. If
2354 .I parameter
2355 is unset or null, the expansion of
2356 .I word
2357 is substituted. Otherwise, the value of
2358 .I parameter
2359 is substituted.
2360 .TP
2361 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:=\fP\fIword\fP}
2362 \fBAssign Default Values\fP.
2363 If
2364 .I parameter
2365 is unset or null, the expansion of
2366 .I word
2367 is assigned to
2368 .IR parameter .
2369 The value of
2370 .I parameter
2371 is then substituted. Positional parameters and special parameters may
2372 not be assigned to in this way.
2373 .TP
2374 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:?\fP\fIword\fP}
2375 \fBDisplay Error if Null or Unset\fP.
2376 If
2377 .I parameter
2378 is null or unset, the expansion of \fIword\fP (or a message to that effect
2379 if
2380 .I word
2381 is not present) is written to the standard error and the shell, if it
2382 is not interactive, exits. Otherwise, the value of \fIparameter\fP is
2383 substituted.
2384 .TP
2385 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:+\fP\fIword\fP}
2386 \fBUse Alternate Value\fP.
2387 If
2388 .I parameter
2389 is null or unset, nothing is substituted, otherwise the expansion of
2390 .I word
2391 is substituted.
2392 .TP
2393 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\fP\fIoffset\fP}
2394 .PD 0
2395 .TP
2396 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\fP\fIoffset\fP\fB:\fP\fIlength\fP}
2397 .PD
2398 \fBSubstring Expansion.\fP
2399 Expands to up to \fIlength\fP characters of \fIparameter\fP
2400 starting at the character specified by \fIoffset\fP.
2401 If \fIlength\fP is omitted, expands to the substring of
2402 \fIparameter\fP starting at the character specified by \fIoffset\fP.
2403 \fIlength\fP and \fIoffset\fP are arithmetic expressions (see
2404 .SM
2405 .B
2406 ARITHMETIC EVALUATION
2407 below).
2408 \fIlength\fP must evaluate to a number greater than or equal to zero.
2409 If \fIoffset\fP evaluates to a number less than zero, the value
2410 is used as an offset from the end of the value of \fIparameter\fP.
2411 If \fIparameter\fP is \fB@\fP, the result is \fIlength\fP positional
2412 parameters beginning at \fIoffset\fP.
2413 If \fIparameter\fP is an array name indexed by @ or *,
2414 the result is the \fIlength\fP
2415 members of the array beginning with ${\fIparameter\fP[\fIoffset\fP]}.
2416 A negative \fIoffset\fP is taken relative to one greater than the maximum
2417 index of the specified array.
2418 Note that a negative offset must be separated from the colon by at least
2419 one space to avoid being confused with the :- expansion.
2420 Substring indexing is zero-based unless the positional parameters
2421 are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1.
2422 .TP
2423 ${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB*\fP}
2424 .PD 0
2425 .TP
2426 ${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB@\fP}
2427 .PD
2428 Expands to the names of variables whose names begin with \fIprefix\fP,
2429 separated by the first character of the
2430 .SM
2431 .B IFS
2432 special variable.
2433 .TP
2434 ${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI@\fP]}
2435 .PD 0
2436 .TP
2437 ${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI*\fP]}
2438 .PD
2439 If \fIname\fP is an array variable, expands to the list of array indices
2440 (keys) assigned in \fIname\fP.
2441 If \fIname\fP is not an array, expands to 0 if \fIname\fP is set and null
2442 otherwise.
2443 When \fI@\fP is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each
2444 key expands to a separate word.
2445 .TP
2446 ${\fB#\fP\fIparameter\fP}
2447 The length in characters of the value of \fIparameter\fP is substituted.
2448 If
2449 .I parameter
2450 is
2451 .B *
2452 or
2453 .BR @ ,
2454 the value substituted is the number of positional parameters.
2455 If
2456 .I parameter
2457 is an array name subscripted by
2458 .B *
2459 or
2460 .BR @ ,
2461 the value substituted is the number of elements in the array.
2462 .TP
2463 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB#\fP\fIword\fP}
2464 .PD 0
2465 .TP
2466 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB##\fP\fIword\fP}
2467 .PD
2468 The
2469 .I word
2470 is expanded to produce a pattern just as in pathname
2471 expansion. If the pattern matches the beginning of
2472 the value of
2473 .IR parameter ,
2474 then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of
2475 .I parameter
2476 with the shortest matching pattern (the ``\fB#\fP'' case) or the
2477 longest matching pattern (the ``\fB##\fP'' case) deleted.
2478 If
2479 .I parameter
2480 is
2481 .B @
2482 or
2483 .BR * ,
2484 the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional
2485 parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
2486 If
2487 .I parameter
2488 is an array variable subscripted with
2489 .B @
2490 or
2491 .BR * ,
2492 the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the
2493 array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
2494 .TP
2495 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB%\fP\fIword\fP}
2496 .PD 0
2497 .TP
2498 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB%%\fP\fIword\fP}
2499 .PD
2500 The \fIword\fP is expanded to produce a pattern just as in
2501 pathname expansion.
2502 If the pattern matches a trailing portion of the expanded value of
2503 .IR parameter ,
2504 then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of
2505 .I parameter
2506 with the shortest matching pattern (the ``\fB%\fP'' case) or the
2507 longest matching pattern (the ``\fB%%\fP'' case) deleted.
2508 If
2509 .I parameter
2510 is
2511 .B @
2512 or
2513 .BR * ,
2514 the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional
2515 parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
2516 If
2517 .I parameter
2518 is an array variable subscripted with
2519 .B @
2520 or
2521 .BR * ,
2522 the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the
2523 array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
2524 .TP
2525 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP\fIstring\fP}
2526 .PD 0
2527 .TP
2528 ${\fIparameter\fP\fB//\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP\fIstring\fP}
2529 .PD
2530 The \fIpattern\fP is expanded to produce a pattern just as in
2531 pathname expansion.
2532 \fIParameter\fP is expanded and the longest match of \fIpattern\fP
2533 against its value is replaced with \fIstring\fP.
2534 In the first form, only the first match is replaced.
2535 The second form causes all matches of \fIpattern\fP to be
2536 replaced with \fIstring\fP.
2537 If \fIpattern\fP begins with \fB#\fP, it must match at the beginning
2538 of the expanded value of \fIparameter\fP.
2539 If \fIpattern\fP begins with \fB%\fP, it must match at the end
2540 of the expanded value of \fIparameter\fP.
2541 If \fIstring\fP is null, matches of \fIpattern\fP are deleted
2542 and the \fB/\fP following \fIpattern\fP may be omitted.
2543 If
2544 .I parameter
2545 is
2546 .B @
2547 or
2548 .BR * ,
2549 the substitution operation is applied to each positional
2550 parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
2551 If
2552 .I parameter
2553 is an array variable subscripted with
2554 .B @
2555 or
2556 .BR * ,
2557 the substitution operation is applied to each member of the
2558 array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
2559 .SS Command Substitution
2560 .PP
2561 \fICommand substitution\fP allows the output of a command to replace
2562 the command name. There are two forms:
2563 .PP
2564 .RS
2565 .PP
2566 \fB$(\fP\fIcommand\fP\|\fB)\fP
2567 .RE
2568 or
2569 .RS
2570 \fB`\fP\fIcommand\fP\fB`\fP
2571 .RE
2572 .PP
2573 .B Bash
2574 performs the expansion by executing \fIcommand\fP and
2575 replacing the command substitution with the standard output of the
2576 command, with any trailing newlines deleted.
2577 Embedded newlines are not deleted, but they may be removed during
2578 word splitting.
2579 The command substitution \fB$(cat \fIfile\fP)\fR can be replaced by
2580 the equivalent but faster \fB$(< \fIfile\fP)\fR.
2581 .PP
2582 When the old-style backquote form of substitution is used,
2583 backslash retains its literal meaning except when followed by
2584 .BR $ ,
2585 .BR ` ,
2586 or
2587 .BR \e .
2588 The first backquote not preceded by a backslash terminates the
2589 command substitution.
2590 When using the $(\^\fIcommand\fP\|) form, all characters between the
2591 parentheses make up the command; none are treated specially.
2592 .PP
2593 Command substitutions may be nested. To nest when using the backquoted form,
2594 escape the inner backquotes with backslashes.
2595 .PP
2596 If the substitution appears within double quotes, word splitting and
2597 pathname expansion are not performed on the results.
2598 .SS Arithmetic Expansion
2599 .PP
2600 Arithmetic expansion allows the evaluation of an arithmetic expression
2601 and the substitution of the result. The format for arithmetic expansion is:
2602 .RS
2603 .PP
2604 \fB$((\fP\fIexpression\fP\fB))\fP
2605 .RE
2606 .PP
2607 The
2608 .I expression
2609 is treated as if it were within double quotes, but a double quote
2610 inside the parentheses is not treated specially.
2611 All tokens in the expression undergo parameter expansion, string
2612 expansion, command substitution, and quote removal.
2613 Arithmetic expansions may be nested.
2614 .PP
2615 The evaluation is performed according to the rules listed below under
2616 .SM
2617 .BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" .
2618 If
2619 .I expression
2620 is invalid,
2621 .B bash
2622 prints a message indicating failure and no substitution occurs.
2623 .SS Process Substitution
2624 .PP
2625 \fIProcess substitution\fP is supported on systems that support named
2626 pipes (\fIFIFOs\fP) or the \fB/dev/fd\fP method of naming open files.
2627 It takes the form of
2628 \fB<(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP
2629 or
2630 \fB>(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP.
2631 The process \fIlist\fP is run with its input or output connected to a
2632 \fIFIFO\fP or some file in \fB/dev/fd\fP. The name of this file is
2633 passed as an argument to the current command as the result of the
2634 expansion. If the \fB>(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP form is used, writing to
2635 the file will provide input for \fIlist\fP. If the
2636 \fB<(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP form is used, the file passed as an
2637 argument should be read to obtain the output of \fIlist\fP.
2638 .PP
2639 When available, process substitution is performed
2640 simultaneously with parameter and variable expansion,
2641 command substitution,
2642 and arithmetic expansion.
2643 .SS Word Splitting
2644 .PP
2645 The shell scans the results of
2646 parameter expansion,
2647 command substitution,
2648 and
2649 arithmetic expansion
2650 that did not occur within double quotes for
2651 .IR "word splitting" .
2652 .PP
2653 The shell treats each character of
2654 .SM
2655 .B IFS
2656 as a delimiter, and splits the results of the other
2657 expansions into words on these characters. If
2658 .SM
2659 .B IFS
2660 is unset, or its
2661 value is exactly
2662 .BR <space><tab><newline> ,
2663 the default, then
2664 any sequence of
2665 .SM
2666 .B IFS
2667 characters serves to delimit words. If
2668 .SM
2669 .B IFS
2670 has a value other than the default, then sequences of
2671 the whitespace characters
2672 .B space
2673 and
2674 .B tab
2675 are ignored at the beginning and end of the
2676 word, as long as the whitespace character is in the
2677 value of
2678 .SM
2679 .BR IFS
2680 (an
2681 .SM
2682 .B IFS
2683 whitespace character).
2684 Any character in
2685 .SM
2686 .B IFS
2687 that is not
2688 .SM
2689 .B IFS
2690 whitespace, along with any adjacent
2691 .SM
2692 .B IFS
2693 whitespace characters, delimits a field.
2694 A sequence of
2695 .SM
2696 .B IFS
2697 whitespace characters is also treated as a delimiter.
2698 If the value of
2699 .SM
2700 .B IFS
2701 is null, no word splitting occurs.
2702 .PP
2703 Explicit null arguments (\^\f3"\^"\fP or \^\f3'\^'\fP\^) are retained.
2704 Unquoted implicit null arguments, resulting from the expansion of
2705 parameters that have no values, are removed.
2706 If a parameter with no value is expanded within double quotes, a
2707 null argument results and is retained.
2708 .PP
2709 Note that if no expansion occurs, no splitting
2710 is performed.
2711 .SS Pathname Expansion
2712 .PP
2713 After word splitting,
2714 unless the
2715 .B \-f
2716 option has been set,
2717 .B bash
2718 scans each word for the characters
2719 .BR * ,
2720 .BR ? ,
2721 and
2722 .BR [ .
2723 If one of these characters appears, then the word is
2724 regarded as a
2725 .IR pattern ,
2726 and replaced with an alphabetically sorted list of
2727 file names matching the pattern.
2728 If no matching file names are found,
2729 and the shell option
2730 .B nullglob
2731 is disabled, the word is left unchanged.
2732 If the
2733 .B nullglob
2734 option is set, and no matches are found,
2735 the word is removed.
2736 If the
2737 .B failglob
2738 shell option is set, and no matches are found, an error message
2739 is printed and the command is not executed.
2740 If the shell option
2741 .B nocaseglob
2742 is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
2743 of alphabetic characters.
2744 When a pattern is used for pathname expansion,
2745 the character
2746 .B ``.''
2747 at the start of a name or immediately following a slash
2748 must be matched explicitly, unless the shell option
2749 .B dotglob
2750 is set.
2751 When matching a pathname, the slash character must always be
2752 matched explicitly.
2753 In other cases, the
2754 .B ``.''
2755 character is not treated specially.
2756 See the description of
2757 .B shopt
2758 below under
2759 .SM
2760 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
2761 for a description of the
2762 .BR nocaseglob ,
2763 .BR nullglob ,
2764 .BR failglob ,
2765 and
2766 .B dotglob
2767 shell options.
2768 .PP
2769 The
2770 .SM
2771 .B GLOBIGNORE
2772 shell variable may be used to restrict the set of file names matching a
2773 .IR pattern .
2774 If
2775 .SM
2776 .B GLOBIGNORE
2777 is set, each matching file name that also matches one of the patterns in
2778 .SM
2779 .B GLOBIGNORE
2780 is removed from the list of matches.
2781 The file names
2782 .B ``.''
2783 and
2784 .B ``..''
2785 are always ignored when
2786 .SM
2787 .B GLOBIGNORE
2788 is set and not null. However, setting
2789 .SM
2790 .B GLOBIGNORE
2791 to a non-null value has the effect of enabling the
2792 .B dotglob
2793 shell option, so all other file names beginning with a
2794 .B ``.''
2795 will match.
2796 To get the old behavior of ignoring file names beginning with a
2797 .BR ``.'' ,
2798 make
2799 .B ``.*''
2800 one of the patterns in
2801 .SM
2802 .BR GLOBIGNORE .
2803 The
2804 .B dotglob
2805 option is disabled when
2806 .SM
2807 .B GLOBIGNORE
2808 is unset.
2809 .PP
2810 \fBPattern Matching\fP
2811 .PP
2812 Any character that appears in a pattern, other than the special pattern
2813 characters described below, matches itself. The NUL character may not
2814 occur in a pattern. A backslash escapes the following character; the
2815 escaping backslash is discarded when matching.
2816 The special pattern characters must be quoted if
2817 they are to be matched literally.
2818 .PP
2819 The special pattern characters have the following meanings:
2820 .PP
2821 .PD 0
2822 .TP
2823 .B *
2824 Matches any string, including the null string.
2825 .TP
2826 .B ?
2827 Matches any single character.
2828 .TP
2829 .B [...]
2830 Matches any one of the enclosed characters. A pair of characters
2831 separated by a hyphen denotes a
2832 \fIrange expression\fP;
2833 any character that sorts between those two characters, inclusive,
2834 using the current locale's collating sequence and character set,
2835 is matched. If the first character following the
2836 .B [
2837 is a
2838 .B !
2839 or a
2840 .B ^
2841 then any character not enclosed is matched.
2842 The sorting order of characters in range expressions is determined by
2843 the current locale and the value of the \fBLC_COLLATE\fP shell variable,
2844 if set.
2845 A
2846 .B \-
2847 may be matched by including it as the first or last character
2848 in the set.
2849 A
2850 .B ]
2851 may be matched by including it as the first character
2852 in the set.
2853 .br
2854 .if t .sp 0.5
2855 .if n .sp 1
2856 Within
2857 .B [
2858 and
2859 .BR ] ,
2860 \fIcharacter classes\fP can be specified using the syntax
2861 \fB[:\fP\fIclass\fP\fB:]\fP, where \fIclass\fP is one of the
2862 following classes defined in the POSIX.2 standard:
2863 .PP
2864 .RS
2865 .B
2866 .if n alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower print punct space upper word xdigit
2867 .if t alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower print punct space upper word xdigit
2868 .br
2869 A character class matches any character belonging to that class.
2870 The \fBword\fP character class matches letters, digits, and the character _.
2871 .br
2872 .if t .sp 0.5
2873 .if n .sp 1
2874 Within
2875 .B [
2876 and
2877 .BR ] ,
2878 an \fIequivalence class\fP can be specified using the syntax
2879 \fB[=\fP\fIc\fP\fB=]\fP, which matches all characters with the
2880 same collation weight (as defined by the current locale) as
2881 the character \fIc\fP.
2882 .br
2883 .if t .sp 0.5
2884 .if n .sp 1
2885 Within
2886 .B [
2887 and
2888 .BR ] ,
2889 the syntax \fB[.\fP\fIsymbol\fP\fB.]\fP matches the collating symbol
2890 \fIsymbol\fP.
2891 .RE
2892 .PD
2893 .PP
2894 If the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled using the \fBshopt\fP
2895 builtin, several extended pattern matching operators are recognized.
2896 In the following description, a \fIpattern-list\fP is a list of one
2897 or more patterns separated by a \fB|\fP.
2898 Composite patterns may be formed using one or more of the following
2899 sub-patterns:
2900 .sp 1
2901 .PD 0
2902 .RS
2903 .TP
2904 \fB?(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
2905 Matches zero or one occurrence of the given patterns
2906 .TP
2907 \fB*(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
2908 Matches zero or more occurrences of the given patterns
2909 .TP
2910 \fB+(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
2911 Matches one or more occurrences of the given patterns
2912 .TP
2913 \fB@(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
2914 Matches one of the given patterns
2915 .TP
2916 \fB!(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
2917 Matches anything except one of the given patterns
2918 .RE
2919 .PD
2920 .SS Quote Removal
2921 .PP
2922 After the preceding expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the
2923 characters
2924 .BR \e ,
2925 .BR ' ,
2926 and \^\f3"\fP\^ that did not result from one of the above
2927 expansions are removed.
2928 .SH REDIRECTION
2929 Before a command is executed, its input and output
2930 may be
2931 .I redirected
2932 using a special notation interpreted by the shell.
2933 Redirection may also be used to open and close files for the
2934 current shell execution environment. The following redirection
2935 operators may precede or appear anywhere within a
2936 .I simple command
2937 or may follow a
2938 .IR command .
2939 Redirections are processed in the order they appear, from
2940 left to right.
2941 .PP
2942 In the following descriptions, if the file descriptor number is
2943 omitted, and the first character of the redirection operator is
2944 .BR < ,
2945 the redirection refers to the standard input (file descriptor
2946 0). If the first character of the redirection operator is
2947 .BR > ,
2948 the redirection refers to the standard output (file descriptor
2949 1).
2950 .PP
2951 The word following the redirection operator in the following
2952 descriptions, unless otherwise noted, is subjected to brace expansion,
2953 tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
2954 expansion, quote removal, pathname expansion, and word splitting.
2955 If it expands to more than one word,
2956 .B bash
2957 reports an error.
2958 .PP
2959 Note that the order of redirections is significant. For example,
2960 the command
2961 .RS
2962 .PP
2963 ls \fB>\fP dirlist 2\fB>&\fP1
2964 .RE
2965 .PP
2966 directs both standard output and standard error to the file
2967 .IR dirlist ,
2968 while the command
2969 .RS
2970 .PP
2971 ls 2\fB>&\fP1 \fB>\fP dirlist
2972 .RE
2973 .PP
2974 directs only the standard output to file
2975 .IR dirlist ,
2976 because the standard error was duplicated as standard output
2977 before the standard output was redirected to
2978 .IR dirlist .
2979 .PP
2980 \fBBash\fP handles several filenames specially when they are used in
2981 redirections, as described in the following table:
2982 .RS
2983 .PP
2984 .PD 0
2985 .TP
2986 .B /dev/fd/\fIfd\fP
2987 If \fIfd\fP is a valid integer, file descriptor \fIfd\fP is duplicated.
2988 .TP
2989 .B /dev/stdin
2990 File descriptor 0 is duplicated.
2991 .TP
2992 .B /dev/stdout
2993 File descriptor 1 is duplicated.
2994 .TP
2995 .B /dev/stderr
2996 File descriptor 2 is duplicated.
2997 .TP
2998 .B /dev/tcp/\fIhost\fP/\fIport\fP
2999 If \fIhost\fP is a valid hostname or Internet address, and \fIport\fP
3000 is an integer port number or service name, \fBbash\fP attempts to open
3001 a TCP connection to the corresponding socket.
3002 .TP
3003 .B /dev/udp/\fIhost\fP/\fIport\fP
3004 If \fIhost\fP is a valid hostname or Internet address, and \fIport\fP
3005 is an integer port number or service name, \fBbash\fP attempts to open
3006 a UDP connection to the corresponding socket.
3007 .PD
3008 .RE
3009 .PP
3010 A failure to open or create a file causes the redirection to fail.
3011 .PP
3012 Redirections using file descriptors greater than 9 should be used with
3013 care, as they may conflict with file descriptors the shell uses
3014 internally.
3015 .SS Redirecting Input
3016 .PP
3017 Redirection of input causes the file whose name results from
3018 the expansion of
3019 .I word
3020 to be opened for reading on file descriptor
3021 .IR n ,
3022 or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if
3023 .I n
3024 is not specified.
3025 .PP
3026 The general format for redirecting input is:
3027 .RS
3028 .PP
3029 [\fIn\fP]\fB<\fP\fIword\fP
3030 .RE
3031 .SS Redirecting Output
3032 .PP
3033 Redirection of output causes the file whose name results from
3034 the expansion of
3035 .I word
3036 to be opened for writing on file descriptor
3037 .IR n ,
3038 or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if
3039 .I n
3040 is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created;
3041 if it does exist it is truncated to zero size.
3042 .PP
3043 The general format for redirecting output is:
3044 .RS
3045 .PP
3046 [\fIn\fP]\fB>\fP\fIword\fP
3047 .RE
3048 .PP
3049 If the redirection operator is
3050 .BR > ,
3051 and the
3052 .B noclobber
3053 option to the
3054 .B set
3055 builtin has been enabled, the redirection will fail if the file
3056 whose name results from the expansion of \fIword\fP exists and is
3057 a regular file.
3058 If the redirection operator is
3059 .BR >| ,
3060 or the redirection operator is
3061 .B >
3062 and the
3063 .B noclobber
3064 option to the
3065 .B set
3066 builtin command is not enabled, the redirection is attempted even
3067 if the file named by \fIword\fP exists.
3068 .SS Appending Redirected Output
3069 .PP
3070 Redirection of output in this fashion
3071 causes the file whose name results from
3072 the expansion of
3073 .I word
3074 to be opened for appending on file descriptor
3075 .IR n ,
3076 or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if
3077 .I n
3078 is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created.
3079 .PP
3080 The general format for appending output is:
3081 .RS
3082 .PP
3083 [\fIn\fP]\fB>>\fP\fIword\fP
3084 .RE
3085 .PP
3086 .SS Redirecting Standard Output and Standard Error
3087 .PP
3088 .B Bash
3089 allows both the
3090 standard output (file descriptor 1) and
3091 the standard error output (file descriptor 2)
3092 to be redirected to the file whose name is the
3093 expansion of
3094 .I word
3095 with this construct.
3096 .PP
3097 There are two formats for redirecting standard output and
3098 standard error:
3099 .RS
3100 .PP
3101 \fB&>\fP\fIword\fP
3102 .RE
3103 and
3104 .RS
3105 \fB>&\fP\fIword\fP
3106 .RE
3107 .PP
3108 Of the two forms, the first is preferred.
3109 This is semantically equivalent to
3110 .RS
3111 .PP
3112 \fB>\fP\fIword\fP 2\fB>&\fP1
3113 .RE
3114 .SS Here Documents
3115 .PP
3116 This type of redirection instructs the shell to read input from the
3117 current source until a line containing only
3118 .I word
3119 (with no trailing blanks)
3120 is seen. All of
3121 the lines read up to that point are then used as the standard
3122 input for a command.
3123 .PP
3124 The format of here-documents is:
3125 .RS
3126 .PP
3127 .nf
3128 \fB<<\fP[\fB\-\fP]\fIword\fP
3129 \fIhere-document\fP
3130 \fIdelimiter\fP
3131 .fi
3132 .RE
3133 .PP
3134 No parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
3135 or pathname expansion is performed on
3136 .IR word .
3137 If any characters in
3138 .I word
3139 are quoted, the
3140 .I delimiter
3141 is the result of quote removal on
3142 .IR word ,
3143 and the lines in the here-document are not expanded.
3144 If \fIword\fP is unquoted,
3145 all lines of the here-document are subjected to parameter expansion,
3146 command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. In the latter
3147 case, the character sequence
3148 .B \e<newline>
3149 is ignored, and
3150 .B \e
3151 must be used to quote the characters
3152 .BR \e ,
3153 .BR $ ,
3154 and
3155 .BR ` .
3156 .PP
3157 If the redirection operator is
3158 .BR <<\- ,
3159 then all leading tab characters are stripped from input lines and the
3160 line containing
3161 .IR delimiter .
3162 This allows
3163 here-documents within shell scripts to be indented in a
3164 natural fashion.
3165 .SS "Here Strings"
3166 A variant of here documents, the format is:
3167 .RS
3168 .PP
3169 .nf
3170 \fB<<<\fP\fIword\fP
3171 .fi
3172 .RE
3173 .PP
3174 The \fIword\fP is expanded and supplied to the command on its standard
3175 input.
3176 .SS "Duplicating File Descriptors"
3177 .PP
3178 The redirection operator
3179 .RS
3180 .PP
3181 [\fIn\fP]\fB<&\fP\fIword\fP
3182 .RE
3183 .PP
3184 is used to duplicate input file descriptors.
3185 If
3186 .I word
3187 expands to one or more digits, the file descriptor denoted by
3188 .I n
3189 is made to be a copy of that file descriptor.
3190 If the digits in
3191 .I word
3192 do not specify a file descriptor open for input, a redirection error occurs.
3193 If
3194 .I word
3195 evaluates to
3196 .BR \- ,
3197 file descriptor
3198 .I n
3199 is closed. If
3200 .I n
3201 is not specified, the standard input (file descriptor 0) is used.
3202 .PP
3203 The operator
3204 .RS
3205 .PP
3206 [\fIn\fP]\fB>&\fP\fIword\fP
3207 .RE
3208 .PP
3209 is used similarly to duplicate output file descriptors. If
3210 .I n
3211 is not specified, the standard output (file descriptor 1) is used.
3212 If the digits in
3213 .I word
3214 do not specify a file descriptor open for output, a redirection error occurs.
3215 As a special case, if \fIn\fP is omitted, and \fIword\fP does not
3216 expand to one or more digits, the standard output and standard
3217 error are redirected as described previously.
3218 .SS "Moving File Descriptors"
3219 .PP
3220 The redirection operator
3221 .RS
3222 .PP
3223 [\fIn\fP]\fB<&\fP\fIdigit\fP\fB\-\fP
3224 .RE
3225 .PP
3226 moves the file descriptor \fIdigit\fP to file descriptor
3227 .IR n ,
3228 or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if \fIn\fP is not specified.
3229 \fIdigit\fP is closed after being duplicated to \fIn\fP.
3230 .PP
3231 Similarly, the redirection operator
3232 .RS
3233 .PP
3234 [\fIn\fP]\fB>&\fP\fIdigit\fP\fB\-\fP
3235 .RE
3236 .PP
3237 moves the file descriptor \fIdigit\fP to file descriptor
3238 .IR n ,
3239 or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if \fIn\fP is not specified.
3240 .SS "Opening File Descriptors for Reading and Writing"
3241 .PP
3242 The redirection operator
3243 .RS
3244 .PP
3245 [\fIn\fP]\fB<>\fP\fIword\fP
3246 .RE
3247 .PP
3248 causes the file whose name is the expansion of
3249 .I word
3250 to be opened for both reading and writing on file descriptor
3251 .IR n ,
3252 or on file descriptor 0 if
3253 .I n
3254 is not specified. If the file does not exist, it is created.
3255 .SH ALIASES
3256 \fIAliases\fP allow a string to be substituted for a word when it is used
3257 as the first word of a simple command.
3258 The shell maintains a list of aliases that may be set and unset with the
3259 .B alias
3260 and
3261 .B unalias
3262 builtin commands (see
3263 .SM
3264 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
3265 below).
3266 The first word of each simple command, if unquoted,
3267 is checked to see if it has an
3268 alias. If so, that word is replaced by the text of the alias.
3269 The characters \fB/\fP, \fB$\fP, \fB`\fP, and \fB=\fP and
3270 any of the shell \fImetacharacters\fP or quoting characters
3271 listed above may not appear in an alias name.
3272 The replacement text may contain any valid shell input,
3273 including shell metacharacters.
3274 The first word of the replacement text is tested
3275 for aliases, but a word that is identical to an alias being expanded
3276 is not expanded a second time.
3277 This means that one may alias
3278 .B ls
3279 to
3280 .BR "ls \-F" ,
3281 for instance, and
3282 .B bash
3283 does not try to recursively expand the replacement text.
3284 If the last character of the alias value is a
3285 .IR blank ,
3286 then the next command
3287 word following the alias is also checked for alias expansion.
3288 .PP
3289 Aliases are created and listed with the
3290 .B alias
3291 command, and removed with the
3292 .B unalias
3293 command.
3294 .PP
3295 There is no mechanism for using arguments in the replacement text.
3296 If arguments are needed, a shell function should be used (see
3297 .SM
3298 .B FUNCTIONS
3299 below).
3300 .PP
3301 Aliases are not expanded when the shell is not interactive, unless
3302 the
3303 .B expand_aliases
3304 shell option is set using
3305 .B shopt
3306 (see the description of
3307 .B shopt
3308 under
3309 .SM
3310 \fBSHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS\fP
3311 below).
3312 .PP
3313 The rules concerning the definition and use of aliases are
3314 somewhat confusing.
3315 .B Bash
3316 always reads at least one complete line
3317 of input before executing any
3318 of the commands on that line. Aliases are expanded when a
3319 command is read, not when it is executed. Therefore, an
3320 alias definition appearing on the same line as another
3321 command does not take effect until the next line of input is read.
3322 The commands following the alias definition
3323 on that line are not affected by the new alias.
3324 This behavior is also an issue when functions are executed.
3325 Aliases are expanded when a function definition is read,
3326 not when the function is executed, because a function definition
3327 is itself a compound command. As a consequence, aliases
3328 defined in a function are not available until after that
3329 function is executed. To be safe, always put
3330 alias definitions on a separate line, and do not use
3331 .B alias
3332 in compound commands.
3333 .PP
3334 For almost every purpose, aliases are superseded by
3335 shell functions.
3336 .SH FUNCTIONS
3337 A shell function, defined as described above under
3338 .SM
3339 .BR "SHELL GRAMMAR" ,
3340 stores a series of commands for later execution.
3341 When the name of a shell function is used as a simple command name,
3342 the list of commands associated with that function name is executed.
3343 Functions are executed in the context of the
3344 current shell; no new process is created to interpret
3345 them (contrast this with the execution of a shell script).
3346 When a function is executed, the arguments to the
3347 function become the positional parameters
3348 during its execution.
3349 The special parameter
3350 .B #
3351 is updated to reflect the change. Special parameter 0
3352 is unchanged.
3353 The first element of the
3354 .SM
3355 .B FUNCNAME
3356 variable is set to the name of the function while the function
3357 is executing.
3358 All other aspects of the shell execution
3359 environment are identical between a function and its caller
3360 with the exception that the
3361 .SM
3362 .B DEBUG
3363 and
3364 .B RETURN
3365 traps (see the description of the
3366 .B trap
3367 builtin under
3368 .SM
3369 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
3370 below) are not inherited unless the function has been given the
3371 \fBtrace\fP attribute (see the description of the
3372 .SM
3373 .B declare
3374 builtin below) or the
3375 \fB\-o functrace\fP shell option has been enabled with
3376 the \fBset\fP builtin
3377 (in which case all functions inherit the \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps).
3378 .PP
3379 Variables local to the function may be declared with the
3380 .B local
3381 builtin command. Ordinarily, variables and their values
3382 are shared between the function and its caller.
3383 .PP
3384 If the builtin command
3385 .B return
3386 is executed in a function, the function completes and
3387 execution resumes with the next command after the function
3388 call.
3389 Any command associated with the \fBRETURN\fP trap is executed
3390 before execution resumes.
3391 When a function completes, the values of the
3392 positional parameters and the special parameter
3393 .B #
3394 are restored to the values they had prior to the function's
3395 execution.
3396 .PP
3397 Function names and definitions may be listed with the
3398 .B \-f
3399 option to the
3400 .B declare
3401 or
3402 .B typeset
3403 builtin commands. The
3404 .B \-F
3405 option to
3406 .B declare
3407 or
3408 .B typeset
3409 will list the function names only
3410 (and optionally the source file and line number, if the \fBextdebug\fP
3411 shell option is enabled).
3412 Functions may be exported so that subshells
3413 automatically have them defined with the
3414 .B \-f
3415 option to the
3416 .B export
3417 builtin.
3418 Note that shell functions and variables with the same name may result
3419 in multiple identically-named entries in the environment passed to the
3420 shell's children.
3421 Care should be taken in cases where this may cause a problem.
3422 .PP
3423 Functions may be recursive. No limit is imposed on the number
3424 of recursive calls.
3425 .SH "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION"
3426 The shell allows arithmetic expressions to be evaluated, under
3427 certain circumstances (see the \fBlet\fP and \fBdeclare\fP builtin
3428 commands and \fBArithmetic Expansion\fP).
3429 Evaluation is done in fixed-width integers with no check for overflow,
3430 though division by 0 is trapped and flagged as an error.
3431 The operators and their precedence, associativity, and values
3432 are the same as in the C language.
3433 The following list of operators is grouped into levels of
3434 equal-precedence operators.
3435 The levels are listed in order of decreasing precedence.
3436 .PP
3437 .PD 0
3438 .TP
3439 .B \fIid\fP++ \fIid\fP\-\-
3440 variable post-increment and post-decrement
3441 .TP
3442 .B ++\fIid\fP \-\-\fIid\fP
3443 variable pre-increment and pre-decrement
3444 .TP
3445 .B \- +
3446 unary minus and plus
3447 .TP
3448 .B ! ~
3449 logical and bitwise negation
3450 .TP
3451 .B **
3452 exponentiation
3453 .TP
3454 .B * / %
3455 multiplication, division, remainder
3456 .TP
3457 .B + \-
3458 addition, subtraction
3459 .TP
3460 .B << >>
3461 left and right bitwise shifts
3462 .TP
3463 .B <= >= < >
3464 comparison
3465 .TP
3466 .B == !=
3467 equality and inequality
3468 .TP
3469 .B &
3470 bitwise AND
3471 .TP
3472 .B ^
3473 bitwise exclusive OR
3474 .TP
3475 .B |
3476 bitwise OR
3477 .TP
3478 .B &&
3479 logical AND
3480 .TP
3481 .B ||
3482 logical OR
3483 .TP
3484 .B \fIexpr\fP?\fIexpr\fP:\fIexpr\fP
3485 conditional operator
3486 .TP
3487 .B = *= /= %= += \-= <<= >>= &= ^= |=
3488 assignment
3489 .TP
3490 .B \fIexpr1\fP , \fIexpr2\fP
3491 comma
3492 .PD
3493 .PP
3494 Shell variables are allowed as operands; parameter expansion is
3495 performed before the expression is evaluated.
3496 Within an expression, shell variables may also be referenced by name
3497 without using the parameter expansion syntax.
3498 A shell variable that is null or unset evaluates to 0 when referenced
3499 by name without using the parameter expansion syntax.
3500 The value of a variable is evaluated as an arithmetic expression
3501 when it is referenced, or when a variable which has been given the
3502 \fIinteger\fP attribute using \fBdeclare -i\fP is assigned a value.
3503 A null value evaluates to 0.
3504 A shell variable need not have its integer attribute
3505 turned on to be used in an expression.
3506 .PP
3507 Constants with a leading 0 are interpreted as octal numbers.
3508 A leading 0x or 0X denotes hexadecimal.
3509 Otherwise, numbers take the form [\fIbase#\fP]n, where \fIbase\fP
3510 is a decimal number between 2 and 64 representing the arithmetic
3511 base, and \fIn\fP is a number in that base.
3512 If \fIbase#\fP is omitted, then base 10 is used.
3513 The digits greater than 9 are represented by the lowercase letters,
3514 the uppercase letters, @, and _, in that order.
3515 If \fIbase\fP is less than or equal to 36, lowercase and uppercase
3516 letters may be used interchangeably to represent numbers between 10
3517 and 35.
3518 .PP
3519 Operators are evaluated in order of precedence. Sub-expressions in
3520 parentheses are evaluated first and may override the precedence
3521 rules above.
3522 .SH "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS"
3523 Conditional expressions are used by the \fB[[\fP compound command and
3524 the \fBtest\fP and \fB[\fP builtin commands to test file attributes
3525 and perform string and arithmetic comparisons.
3526 Expressions are formed from the following unary or binary primaries.
3527 If any \fIfile\fP argument to one of the primaries is of the form
3528 \fI/dev/fd/n\fP, then file descriptor \fIn\fP is checked.
3529 If the \fIfile\fP argument to one of the primaries is one of
3530 \fI/dev/stdin\fP, \fI/dev/stdout\fP, or \fI/dev/stderr\fP, file
3531 descriptor 0, 1, or 2, respectively, is checked.
3532 .PP
3533 Unless otherwise specified, primaries that operate on files follow symbolic
3534 links and operate on the target of the link, rather than the link itself.
3535 .sp 1
3536 .PD 0
3537 .TP
3538 .B \-a \fIfile\fP
3539 True if \fIfile\fP exists.
3540 .TP
3541 .B \-b \fIfile\fP
3542 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a block special file.
3543 .TP
3544 .B \-c \fIfile\fP
3545 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a character special file.
3546 .TP
3547 .B \-d \fIfile\fP
3548 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a directory.
3549 .TP
3550 .B \-e \fIfile\fP
3551 True if \fIfile\fP exists.
3552 .TP
3553 .B \-f \fIfile\fP
3554 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a regular file.
3555 .TP
3556 .B \-g \fIfile\fP
3557 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is set-group-id.
3558 .TP
3559 .B \-h \fIfile\fP
3560 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link.
3561 .TP
3562 .B \-k \fIfile\fP
3563 True if \fIfile\fP exists and its ``sticky'' bit is set.
3564 .TP
3565 .B \-p \fIfile\fP
3566 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a named pipe (FIFO).
3567 .TP
3568 .B \-r \fIfile\fP
3569 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is readable.
3570 .TP
3571 .B \-s \fIfile\fP
3572 True if \fIfile\fP exists and has a size greater than zero.
3573 .TP
3574 .B \-t \fIfd\fP
3575 True if file descriptor
3576 .I fd
3577 is open and refers to a terminal.
3578 .TP
3579 .B \-u \fIfile\fP
3580 True if \fIfile\fP exists and its set-user-id bit is set.
3581 .TP
3582 .B \-w \fIfile\fP
3583 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is writable.
3584 .TP
3585 .B \-x \fIfile\fP
3586 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is executable.
3587 .TP
3588 .B \-O \fIfile\fP
3589 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is owned by the effective user id.
3590 .TP
3591 .B \-G \fIfile\fP
3592 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is owned by the effective group id.
3593 .TP
3594 .B \-L \fIfile\fP
3595 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link.
3596 .TP
3597 .B \-S \fIfile\fP
3598 True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a socket.
3599 .TP
3600 .B \-N \fIfile\fP
3601 True if \fIfile\fP exists and has been modified since it was last read.
3602 .TP
3603 \fIfile1\fP \-\fBnt\fP \fIfile2\fP
3604 True if \fIfile1\fP is newer (according to modification date) than \fIfile2\fP,
3605 or if \fIfile1\fP exists and \fPfile2\fP does not.
3606 .TP
3607 \fIfile1\fP \-\fBot\fP \fIfile2\fP
3608 True if \fIfile1\fP is older than \fIfile2\fP, or if \fIfile2\fP exists
3609 and \fIfile1\fP does not.
3610 .TP
3611 \fIfile1\fP \fB\-ef\fP \fIfile2\fP
3612 True if \fIfile1\fP and \fIfile2\fP refer to the same device and
3613 inode numbers.
3614 .TP
3615 .B \-o \fIoptname\fP
3616 True if shell option
3617 .I optname
3618 is enabled.
3619 See the list of options under the description of the
3620 .B \-o
3621 option to the
3622 .B set
3623 builtin below.
3624 .TP
3625 .B \-z \fIstring\fP
3626 True if the length of \fIstring\fP is zero.
3627 .TP
3628 \fIstring\fP
3629 .PD 0
3630 .TP
3631 .B \-n \fIstring\fP
3632 .PD
3633 True if the length of
3634 .I string
3635 is non-zero.
3636 .TP
3637 \fIstring1\fP \fB==\fP \fIstring2\fP
3638 True if the strings are equal. \fB=\fP may be used in place of
3639 \fB==\fP for strict POSIX compliance.
3640 .TP
3641 \fIstring1\fP \fB!=\fP \fIstring2\fP
3642 True if the strings are not equal.
3643 .TP
3644 \fIstring1\fP \fB<\fP \fIstring2\fP
3645 True if \fIstring1\fP sorts before \fIstring2\fP lexicographically
3646 in the current locale.
3647 .TP
3648 \fIstring1\fP \fB>\fP \fIstring2\fP
3649 True if \fIstring1\fP sorts after \fIstring2\fP lexicographically
3650 in the current locale.
3651 .TP
3652 .I \fIarg1\fP \fBOP\fP \fIarg2\fP
3653 .SM
3654 .B OP
3655 is one of
3656 .BR \-eq ,
3657 .BR \-ne ,
3658 .BR \-lt ,
3659 .BR \-le ,
3660 .BR \-gt ,
3661 or
3662 .BR \-ge .
3663 These arithmetic binary operators return true if \fIarg1\fP
3664 is equal to, not equal to, less than, less than or equal to,
3665 greater than, or greater than or equal to \fIarg2\fP, respectively.
3666 .I Arg1
3667 and
3668 .I arg2
3669 may be positive or negative integers.
3670 .PD
3671 .SH "SIMPLE COMMAND EXPANSION"
3672 When a simple command is executed, the shell performs the following
3673 expansions, assignments, and redirections, from left to right.
3674 .IP 1.
3675 The words that the parser has marked as variable assignments (those
3676 preceding the command name) and redirections are saved for later
3677 processing.
3678 .IP 2.
3679 The words that are not variable assignments or redirections are
3680 expanded. If any words remain after expansion, the first word
3681 is taken to be the name of the command and the remaining words are
3682 the arguments.
3683 .IP 3.
3684 Redirections are performed as described above under
3685 .SM
3686 .BR REDIRECTION .
3687 .IP 4.
3688 The text after the \fB=\fP in each variable assignment undergoes tilde
3689 expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
3690 and quote removal before being assigned to the variable.
3691 .PP
3692 If no command name results, the variable assignments affect the current
3693 shell environment. Otherwise, the variables are added to the environment
3694 of the executed command and do not affect the current shell environment.
3695 If any of the assignments attempts to assign a value to a readonly variable,
3696 an error occurs, and the command exits with a non-zero status.
3697 .PP
3698 If no command name results, redirections are performed, but do not
3699 affect the current shell environment. A redirection error causes the
3700 command to exit with a non-zero status.
3701 .PP
3702 If there is a command name left after expansion, execution proceeds as
3703 described below. Otherwise, the command exits. If one of the expansions
3704 contained a command substitution, the exit status of the command is
3705 the exit status of the last command substitution performed. If there
3706 were no command substitutions, the command exits with a status of zero.
3707 .SH "COMMAND EXECUTION"
3708 After a command has been split into words, if it results in a
3709 simple command and an optional list of arguments, the following
3710 actions are taken.
3711 .PP
3712 If the command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to
3713 locate it. If there exists a shell function by that name, that
3714 function is invoked as described above in
3715 .SM
3716 .BR FUNCTIONS .
3717 If the name does not match a function, the shell searches for
3718 it in the list of shell builtins. If a match is found, that
3719 builtin is invoked.
3720 .PP
3721 If the name is neither a shell function nor a builtin,
3722 and contains no slashes,
3723 .B bash
3724 searches each element of the
3725 .SM
3726 .B PATH
3727 for a directory containing an executable file by that name.
3728 .B Bash
3729 uses a hash table to remember the full pathnames of executable
3730 files (see
3731 .B hash
3732 under
3733 .SM
3734 .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
3735 below).
3736 A full search of the directories in
3737 .SM
3738 .B PATH
3739 is performed only if the command is not found in the hash table.
3740 If the search is unsuccessful, the shell prints an error
3741 message and returns an exit status of 127.
3742 .PP
3743 If the search is successful, or if the command name contains
3744 one or more slashes, the shell executes the named program in a
3745 separate execution environment.
3746 Argument 0 is set to the name given, and the remaining arguments
3747 to the command are set to the arguments given, if any.
3748 .PP
3749 If this execution fails because the file is not in executable
3750 format, and the file is not a directory, it is assumed to be
3751 a \fIshell script\fP, a file
3752 containing shell commands. A subshell is spawned to execute
3753 it. This subshell reinitializes itself, so
3754 that the effect is as if a new shell had been invoked
3755 to handle the script, with the exception that the locations of
3756 commands remembered by the parent (see
3757 .B hash
3758 below under
3759 .SM
3760 \fBSHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS\fP)
3761 are retained by the child.
3762 .PP
3763 If the program is a file beginning with
3764 .BR #! ,
3765 the remainder of the first line specifies an interpreter
3766 for the program. The shell executes the
3767 specified interpreter on operating systems that do not
3768 handle this executable format themselves. The arguments to the
3769 interpreter consist of a single optional argument following the
3770 interpreter name on the first line of the program, followed
3771 by the name of the program, followed by the command
3772 arguments, if any.
3773 .SH COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT
3774 The shell has an \fIexecution environment\fP, which consists of the
3775 following:
3776 .sp 1
3777 .IP \(bu
3778 open files inherited by the shell at invocation, as modified by
3779 redirections supplied to the \fBexec\fP builtin
3780 .IP \(bu
3781 the current working directory as set by \fBcd\fP, \fBpushd\fP, or
3782 \fBpopd\fP, or inherited by the shell at invocation
3783 .IP \(bu
3784 the file creation mode mask as set by \fBumask\fP or inherited from
3785 the shell's parent
3786 .IP \(bu
3787 current traps set by \fBtrap\fP
3788 .IP \(bu
3789 shell parameters that are set by variable assignment or with \fBset\fP
3790 or inherited from the shell's parent in the environment
3791 .IP \(bu
3792 shell functions defined during execution or inherited from the shell's
3793 parent in the environment
3794 .IP \(bu
3795 options enabled at invocation (either by default or with command-line
3796 arguments) or by \fBset\fP
3797 .IP \(bu
3798 options enabled by \fBshopt\fP
3799 .IP \(bu
3800 shell aliases defined with \fBalias\fP
3801 .IP \(bu
3802 various process IDs, including those of background jobs, the value
3803 of \fB$$\fP, and the value of \fB$PPID\fP
3804 .PP
3805 When a simple command other than a builtin or shell function
3806 is to be executed, it
3807 is invoked in a separate execution environment that consists of
3808 the following. Unless otherwise noted, the values are inherited
3809 from the shell.
3810 .sp 1
3811 .IP \(bu
3812 the shell's open files, plus any modifications and additions specified
3813 by redirections to the command
3814 .IP \(bu
3815 the current working directory
3816 .IP \(bu
3817 the file creation mode mask
3818 .IP \(bu
3819 shell variables and functions marked for export, along with variables
3820 exported for the command, passed in the environment
3821 .IP \(bu
3822 traps caught by the shell are reset to the values inherited from the
3823 shell's parent, and traps ignored by the shell are ignored
3824 .PP
3825 A command invoked in this separate environment cannot affect the
3826 shell's execution environment.
3827 .PP
3828 Command substitution, commands grouped with parentheses,
3829 and asynchronous commands are invoked in a
3830 subshell environment that is a duplicate of the shell environment,
3831 except that traps caught by the shell are reset to the values
3832 that the shell inherited from its parent at invocation. Builtin
3833 commands that are invoked as part of a pipeline are also executed in a
3834 subshell environment. Changes made to the subshell environment
3835 cannot affect the shell's execution environment.
3836 .PP
3837 If a command is followed by a \fB&\fP and job control is not active, the
3838 default standard input for the command is the empty file \fI/dev/null\fP.
3839 Otherwise, the invoked command inherits the file descriptors of the calling
3840 shell as modified by redirections.
3841 .SH ENVIRONMENT
3842 When a program is invoked it is given an array of strings
3843 called the
3844 .IR environment .
3845 This is a list of
3846 \fIname\fP\-\fIvalue\fP pairs, of the form
3847 .IR "name\fR=\fPvalue" .
3848 .PP
3849 The shell provides several ways to manipulate the environment.
3850 On invocation, the shell scans its own environment and
3851 creates a parameter for each name found, automatically marking
3852 it for
3853 .I export
3854 to child processes. Executed commands inherit the environment.
3855 The
3856 .B export
3857 and
3858 .B declare \-x
3859 commands allow parameters and functions to be added to and
3860 deleted from the environment. If the value of a parameter
3861 in the environment is modified, the new value becomes part
3862 of the environment, replacing the old. The environment
3863 inherited by any executed command consists of the shell's
3864 initial environment, whose values may be modified in the shell,
3865 less any pairs removed by the
3866 .B unset
3867 command, plus any additions via the
3868 .B export
3869 and
3870 .B declare \-x
3871 commands.
3872 .PP
3873 The environment for any
3874 .I simple command
3875 or function may be augmented temporarily by prefixing it with
3876 parameter assignments, as described above in
3877 .SM
3878 .BR PARAMETERS .
3879 These assignment statements affect only the environment seen
3880 by that command.
3881 .PP
3882 If the
3883 .B \-k
3884 option is set (see the
3885 .B set
3886 builtin command below), then
3887 .I all
3888 parameter assignments are placed in the environment for a command,
3889 not just those that precede the command name.
3890 .PP
3891 When
3892 .B bash
3893 invokes an external command, the variable
3894 .B _
3895 is set to the full file name of the command and passed to that
3896 command in its environment.
3897 .SH "EXIT STATUS"
3898 For the shell's purposes, a command which exits with a
3899 zero exit status has succeeded. An exit status of zero
3900 indicates success. A non-zero exit status indicates failure.
3901 When a command terminates on a fatal signal \fIN\fP, \fBbash\fP uses
3902 the value of 128+\fIN\fP as the exit status.
3903 .PP
3904 If a command is not found, the child process created to
3905 execute it returns a status of 127. If a command is found
3906 but is not executable, the return status is 126.
3907 .PP
3908 If a command fails because of an error during expansion or redirection,
3909 the exit status is greater than zero.
3910 .PP
3911 Shell builtin commands return a status of 0 (\fItrue\fP) if
3912 successful, and non-zero (\fIfalse\fP) if an error occurs
3913 while they execute.
3914 All builtins return an exit status of 2 to indicate incorrect usage.
3915 .PP
3916 \fBBash\fP itself returns the exit status of the last command
3917 executed, unless a syntax error occurs, in which case it exits
3918 with a non-zero value. See also the \fBexit\fP builtin
3919 command below.
3920 .SH SIGNALS
3921 When \fBbash\fP is interactive, in the absence of any traps, it ignores
3922 .SM
3923 .B SIGTERM
3924 (so that \fBkill 0\fP does not kill an interactive shell),
3925 and
3926 .SM
3927 .B SIGINT
3928 is caught and handled (so that the \fBwait\fP builtin is interruptible).
3929 In all cases, \fBbash\fP ignores
3930 .SM
3931 .BR SIGQUIT .
3932 If job control is in effect,
3933 .B bash
3934 ignores
3935 .SM
3936 .BR SIGTTIN ,
3937 .SM
3938 .BR SIGTTOU ,
3939 and
3940 .SM
3941 .BR SIGTSTP .
3942 .PP
3943 Non-builtin commands run by \fBbash\fP have signal handlers
3944 set to the values inherited by the shell from its parent.
3945 When job control is not in effect, asynchronous commands
3946 ignore
3947 .SM
3948 .B SIGINT
3949 and
3950 .SM
3951 .B SIGQUIT
3952 in addition to these inherited handlers.
3953 Commands run as a result of command substitution ignore the
3954 keyboard-generated job control signals
3955 .SM
3956 .BR SIGTTIN ,
3957 .SM
3958 .BR SIGTTOU ,
3959 and
3960 .SM
3961 .BR SIGTSTP .
3962 .PP
3963 The shell exits by default upon receipt of a
3964 .SM
3965 .BR SIGHUP .
3966 Before exiting, an interactive shell resends the
3967 .SM
3968 .B SIGHUP
3969 to all jobs, running or stopped.
3970 Stopped jobs are sent
3971 .SM
3972 .B SIGCONT
3973 to ensure that they receive the
3974 .SM
3975 .BR SIGHUP .
3976 To prevent the shell from
3977 sending the signal to a particular job, it should be removed from the
3978 jobs table with the
3979 .B disown
3980 builtin (see
3981 .SM
3982 .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
3983 below) or marked
3984 to not receive
3985 .SM
3986 .B SIGHUP
3987 using
3988 .BR "disown \-h" .
3989 .PP
3990 If the
3991 .B huponexit
3992 shell option has been set with
3993 .BR shopt ,
3994 .B bash
3995 sends a
3996 .SM
3997 .B SIGHUP
3998 to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits.
3999 .PP
4000 If \fBbash\fP is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal
4001 for which a trap has been set, the trap will not be executed until
4002 the command completes.
4003 When \fBbash\fP is waiting for an asynchronous command via the \fBwait\fP
4004 builtin, the reception of a signal for which a trap has been set will
4005 cause the \fBwait\fP builtin to return immediately with an exit status
4006 greater than 128, immediately after which the trap is executed.
4007 .SH "JOB CONTROL"
4008 .I Job control
4009 refers to the ability to selectively stop (\fIsuspend\fP)
4010 the execution of processes and continue (\fIresume\fP)
4011 their execution at a later point. A user typically employs
4012 this facility via an interactive interface supplied jointly
4013 by the system's terminal driver and
4014 .BR bash .
4015 .PP
4016 The shell associates a
4017 .I job
4018 with each pipeline. It keeps a table of currently executing
4019 jobs, which may be listed with the
4020 .B jobs
4021 command. When
4022 .B bash
4023 starts a job asynchronously (in the
4024 .IR background ),
4025 it prints a line that looks like:
4026 .RS
4027 .PP
4028 [1] 25647
4029 .RE
4030 .PP
4031 indicating that this job is job number 1 and that the process ID
4032 of the last process in the pipeline associated with this job is 25647.
4033 All of the processes in a single pipeline are members of the same job.
4034 .B Bash
4035 uses the
4036 .I job
4037 abstraction as the basis for job control.
4038 .PP
4039 To facilitate the implementation of the user interface to job
4040 control, the operating system maintains the notion of a \fIcurrent terminal
4041 process group ID\fP. Members of this process group (processes whose
4042 process group ID is equal to the current terminal process group ID)
4043 receive keyboard-generated signals such as
4044 .SM
4045 .BR SIGINT .
4046 These processes are said to be in the
4047 .IR foreground .
4048 .I Background
4049 processes are those whose process group ID differs from the terminal's;
4050 such processes are immune to keyboard-generated signals.
4051 Only foreground processes are allowed to read from or write to the
4052 terminal. Background processes which attempt to read from (write to) the
4053 terminal are sent a
4054 .SM
4055 .B SIGTTIN (SIGTTOU)
4056 signal by the terminal driver,
4057 which, unless caught, suspends the process.
4058 .PP
4059 If the operating system on which
4060 .B bash
4061 is running supports
4062 job control,
4063 .B bash
4064 contains facilities to use it.
4065 Typing the
4066 .I suspend
4067 character (typically
4068 .BR ^Z ,
4069 Control-Z) while a process is running
4070 causes that process to be stopped and returns control to
4071 .BR bash .
4072 Typing the
4073 .I "delayed suspend"
4074 character (typically
4075 .BR ^Y ,
4076 Control-Y) causes the process to be stopped when it
4077 attempts to read input from the terminal, and control to
4078 be returned to
4079 .BR bash .
4080 The user may then manipulate the state of this job, using the
4081 .B bg
4082 command to continue it in the background, the
4083 .B fg
4084 command to continue it in the foreground, or
4085 the
4086 .B kill
4087 command to kill it. A \fB^Z\fP takes effect immediately,
4088 and has the additional side effect of causing pending output
4089 and typeahead to be discarded.
4090 .PP
4091 There are a number of ways to refer to a job in the shell.
4092 The character
4093 .B %
4094 introduces a job name. Job number
4095 .I n
4096 may be referred to as
4097 .BR %n .
4098 A job may also be referred to using a prefix of the name used to
4099 start it, or using a substring that appears in its command line.
4100 For example,
4101 .B %ce
4102 refers to a stopped
4103 .B ce
4104 job. If a prefix matches more than one job,
4105 .B bash
4106 reports an error. Using
4107 .BR %?ce ,
4108 on the other hand, refers to any job containing the string
4109 .B ce
4110 in its command line. If the substring matches more than one job,
4111 .B bash
4112 reports an error. The symbols
4113 .B %%
4114 and
4115 .B %+
4116 refer to the shell's notion of the
4117 .IR "current job" ,
4118 which is the last job stopped while it was in
4119 the foreground or started in the background.
4120 The
4121 .I "previous job"
4122 may be referenced using
4123 .BR %\- .
4124 In output pertaining to jobs (e.g., the output of the
4125 .B jobs
4126 command), the current job is always flagged with a
4127 .BR + ,
4128 and the previous job with a
4129 .BR \- .
4130 A single % (with no accompanying job specification) also refers to the
4131 current job.
4132 .PP
4133 Simply naming a job can be used to bring it into the
4134 foreground:
4135 .B %1
4136 is a synonym for
4137 \fB``fg %1''\fP,
4138 bringing job 1 from the background into the foreground.
4139 Similarly,
4140 .B ``%1 &''
4141 resumes job 1 in the background, equivalent to
4142 \fB``bg %1''\fP.
4143 .PP
4144 The shell learns immediately whenever a job changes state.
4145 Normally,
4146 .B bash
4147 waits until it is about to print a prompt before reporting
4148 changes in a job's status so as to not interrupt
4149 any other output. If the
4150 .B \-b
4151 option to the
4152 .B set
4153 builtin command
4154 is enabled,
4155 .B bash
4156 reports such changes immediately.
4157 Any trap on
4158 .SM
4159 .B SIGCHLD
4160 is executed for each child that exits.
4161 .PP
4162 If an attempt to exit
4163 .B bash
4164 is made while jobs are stopped, the shell prints a warning message. The
4165 .B jobs
4166 command may then be used to inspect their status.
4167 If a second attempt to exit is made without an intervening command,
4168 the shell does not print another warning, and the stopped
4169 jobs are terminated.
4170 .SH PROMPTING
4171 When executing interactively,
4172 .B bash
4173 displays the primary prompt
4174 .SM
4175 .B PS1
4176 when it is ready to read a command, and the secondary prompt
4177 .SM
4178 .B PS2
4179 when it needs more input to complete a command.
4180 .B Bash
4181 allows these prompt strings to be customized by inserting a number of
4182 backslash-escaped special characters that are decoded as follows:
4183 .RS
4184 .PD 0
4185 .TP
4186 .B \ea
4187 an ASCII bell character (07)
4188 .TP
4189 .B \ed
4190 the date in "Weekday Month Date" format (e.g., "Tue May 26")
4191 .TP
4192 .B \eD{\fIformat\fP}
4193 the \fIformat\fP is passed to \fIstrftime\fP(3) and the result is inserted
4194 into the prompt string; an empty \fIformat\fP results in a locale-specific
4195 time representation. The braces are required
4196 .TP
4197 .B \ee
4198 an ASCII escape character (033)
4199 .TP
4200 .B \eh
4201 the hostname up to the first `.'
4202 .TP
4203 .B \eH
4204 the hostname
4205 .TP
4206 .B \ej
4207 the number of jobs currently managed by the shell
4208 .TP
4209 .B \el
4210 the basename of the shell's terminal device name
4211 .TP
4212 .B \en
4213 newline
4214 .TP
4215 .B \er
4216 carriage return
4217 .TP
4218 .B \es
4219 the name of the shell, the basename of
4220 .B $0
4221 (the portion following the final slash)
4222 .TP
4223 .B \et
4224 the current time in 24-hour HH:MM:SS format
4225 .TP
4226 .B \eT
4227 the current time in 12-hour HH:MM:SS format
4228 .TP
4229 .B \e@
4230 the current time in 12-hour am/pm format
4231 .TP
4232 .B \eA
4233 the current time in 24-hour HH:MM format
4234 .TP
4235 .B \eu
4236 the username of the current user
4237 .TP
4238 .B \ev
4239 the version of \fBbash\fP (e.g., 2.00)
4240 .TP
4241 .B \eV
4242 the release of \fBbash\fP, version + patch level (e.g., 2.00.0)
4243 .TP
4244 .B \ew
4245 the current working directory, with \fB$HOME\fP abbreviated with a tilde
4246 .TP
4247 .B \eW
4248 the basename of the current working directory, with \fB$HOME\fP
4249 abbreviated with a tilde
4250 .TP
4251 .B \e!
4252 the history number of this command
4253 .TP
4254 .B \e#
4255 the command number of this command
4256 .TP
4257 .B \e$
4258 if the effective UID is 0, a
4259 .BR # ,
4260 otherwise a
4261 .B $
4262 .TP
4263 .B \e\fInnn\fP
4264 the character corresponding to the octal number \fInnn\fP
4265 .TP
4266 .B \e\e
4267 a backslash
4268 .TP
4269 .B \e[
4270 begin a sequence of non-printing characters, which could be used to
4271 embed a terminal control sequence into the prompt
4272 .TP
4273 .B \e]
4274 end a sequence of non-printing characters
4275 .PD
4276 .RE
4277 .PP
4278 The command number and the history number are usually different:
4279 the history number of a command is its position in the history
4280 list, which may include commands restored from the history file
4281 (see
4282 .SM
4283 .B HISTORY
4284 below), while the command number is the position in the sequence
4285 of commands executed during the current shell session.
4286 After the string is decoded, it is expanded via
4287 parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
4288 expansion, and quote removal, subject to the value of the
4289 .B promptvars
4290 shell option (see the description of the
4291 .B shopt
4292 command under
4293 .SM
4294 .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
4295 below).
4296 .SH READLINE
4297 This is the library that handles reading input when using an interactive
4298 shell, unless the
4299 .B \-\-noediting
4300 option is given at shell invocation.
4301 By default, the line editing commands are similar to those of emacs.
4302 A vi-style line editing interface is also available.
4303 To turn off line editing after the shell is running, use the
4304 .B +o emacs
4305 or
4306 .B +o vi
4307 options to the
4308 .B set
4309 builtin (see
4310 .SM
4311 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
4312 below).
4313 .SS "Readline Notation"
4314 .PP
4315 In this section, the emacs-style notation is used to denote
4316 keystrokes. Control keys are denoted by C\-\fIkey\fR, e.g., C\-n
4317 means Control\-N. Similarly,
4318 .I meta
4319 keys are denoted by M\-\fIkey\fR, so M\-x means Meta\-X. (On keyboards
4320 without a
4321 .I meta
4322 key, M\-\fIx\fP means ESC \fIx\fP, i.e., press the Escape key
4323 then the
4324 .I x
4325 key. This makes ESC the \fImeta prefix\fP.
4326 The combination M\-C\-\fIx\fP means ESC\-Control\-\fIx\fP,
4327 or press the Escape key
4328 then hold the Control key while pressing the
4329 .I x
4330 key.)
4331 .PP
4332 Readline commands may be given numeric
4333 .IR arguments ,
4334 which normally act as a repeat count.
4335 Sometimes, however, it is the sign of the argument that is significant.
4336 Passing a negative argument to a command that acts in the forward
4337 direction (e.g., \fBkill\-line\fP) causes that command to act in a
4338 backward direction.
4339 Commands whose behavior with arguments deviates from this are noted
4340 below.
4341 .PP
4342 When a command is described as \fIkilling\fP text, the text
4343 deleted is saved for possible future retrieval
4344 (\fIyanking\fP). The killed text is saved in a
4345 \fIkill ring\fP. Consecutive kills cause the text to be
4346 accumulated into one unit, which can be yanked all at once.
4347 Commands which do not kill text separate the chunks of text
4348 on the kill ring.
4349 .SS "Readline Initialization"
4350 .PP
4351 Readline is customized by putting commands in an initialization
4352 file (the \fIinputrc\fP file).
4353 The name of this file is taken from the value of the
4354 .SM
4355 .B INPUTRC
4356 variable. If that variable is unset, the default is
4357 .IR ~/.inputrc .
4358 When a program which uses the readline library starts up, the
4359 initialization file is read, and the key bindings and variables
4360 are set.
4361 There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
4362 readline initialization file.
4363 Blank lines are ignored.
4364 Lines beginning with a \fB#\fP are comments.
4365 Lines beginning with a \fB$\fP indicate conditional constructs.
4366 Other lines denote key bindings and variable settings.
4367 .PP
4368 The default key-bindings may be changed with an
4369 .I inputrc
4370 file.
4371 Other programs that use this library may add their own commands
4372 and bindings.
4373 .PP
4374 For example, placing
4375 .RS
4376 .PP
4377 M\-Control\-u: universal\-argument
4378 .RE
4379 or
4380 .RS
4381 C\-Meta\-u: universal\-argument
4382 .RE
4383 into the
4384 .I inputrc
4385 would make M\-C\-u execute the readline command
4386 .IR universal\-argument .
4387 .PP
4388 The following symbolic character names are recognized:
4389 .IR RUBOUT ,
4390 .IR DEL ,
4391 .IR ESC ,
4392 .IR LFD ,
4393 .IR NEWLINE ,
4394 .IR RET ,
4395 .IR RETURN ,
4396 .IR SPC ,
4397 .IR SPACE ,
4398 and
4399 .IR TAB .
4400 .PP
4401 In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
4402 to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a \fImacro\fP).
4403 .SS "Readline Key Bindings"
4404 .PP
4405 The syntax for controlling key bindings in the
4406 .I inputrc
4407 file is simple. All that is required is the name of the
4408 command or the text of a macro and a key sequence to which
4409 it should be bound. The name may be specified in one of two ways:
4410 as a symbolic key name, possibly with \fIMeta\-\fP or \fIControl\-\fP
4411 prefixes, or as a key sequence.
4412 .PP
4413 When using the form \fBkeyname\fP:\^\fIfunction\-name\fP or \fImacro\fP,
4414 .I keyname
4415 is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example:
4416 .sp
4417 .RS
4418 Control-u: universal\-argument
4419 .br
4420 Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
4421 .br
4422 Control-o: "> output"
4423 .RE
4424 .LP
4425 In the above example,
4426 .I C\-u
4427 is bound to the function
4428 .BR universal\-argument ,
4429 .I M\-DEL
4430 is bound to the function
4431 .BR backward\-kill\-word ,
4432 and
4433 .I C\-o
4434 is bound to run the macro
4435 expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
4436 .if t \f(CW> output\fP
4437 .if n ``> output''
4438 into the line).
4439 .PP
4440 In the second form, \fB"keyseq"\fP:\^\fIfunction\-name\fP or \fImacro\fP,
4441 .B keyseq
4442 differs from
4443 .B keyname
4444 above in that strings denoting
4445 an entire key sequence may be specified by placing the sequence
4446 within double quotes. Some GNU Emacs style key escapes can be
4447 used, as in the following example, but the symbolic character names
4448 are not recognized.
4449 .sp
4450 .RS
4451 "\eC\-u": universal\-argument
4452 .br
4453 "\eC\-x\eC\-r": re\-read\-init\-file
4454 .br
4455 "\ee[11~": "Function Key 1"
4456 .RE
4457 .PP
4458 In this example,
4459 .I C\-u
4460 is again bound to the function
4461 .BR universal\-argument .
4462 .I "C\-x C\-r"
4463 is bound to the function
4464 .BR re\-read\-init\-file ,
4465 and
4466 .I "ESC [ 1 1 ~"
4467 is bound to insert the text
4468 .if t \f(CWFunction Key 1\fP.
4469 .if n ``Function Key 1''.
4470 .PP
4471 The full set of GNU Emacs style escape sequences is
4472 .RS
4473 .PD 0
4474 .TP
4475 .B \eC\-
4476 control prefix
4477 .TP
4478 .B \eM\-
4479 meta prefix
4480 .TP
4481 .B \ee
4482 an escape character
4483 .TP
4484 .B \e\e
4485 backslash
4486 .TP
4487 .B \e"
4488 literal "
4489 .TP
4490 .B \e'
4491 literal '
4492 .RE
4493 .PD
4494 .PP
4495 In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second
4496 set of backslash escapes is available:
4497 .RS
4498 .PD 0
4499 .TP
4500 .B \ea
4501 alert (bell)
4502 .TP
4503 .B \eb
4504 backspace
4505 .TP
4506 .B \ed
4507 delete
4508 .TP
4509 .B \ef
4510 form feed
4511 .TP
4512 .B \en
4513 newline
4514 .TP
4515 .B \er
4516 carriage return
4517 .TP
4518 .B \et
4519 horizontal tab
4520 .TP
4521 .B \ev
4522 vertical tab
4523 .TP
4524 .B \e\fInnn\fP
4525 the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP
4526 (one to three digits)
4527 .TP
4528 .B \ex\fIHH\fP
4529 the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP
4530 (one or two hex digits)
4531 .RE
4532 .PD
4533 .PP
4534 When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
4535 be used to indicate a macro definition.
4536 Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
4537 In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
4538 Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
4539 including " and '.
4540 .PP
4541 .B Bash
4542 allows the current readline key bindings to be displayed or modified
4543 with the
4544 .B bind
4545 builtin command. The editing mode may be switched during interactive
4546 use by using the
4547 .B \-o
4548 option to the
4549 .B set
4550 builtin command (see
4551 .SM
4552 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
4553 below).
4554 .SS "Readline Variables"
4555 .PP
4556 Readline has variables that can be used to further customize its
4557 behavior. A variable may be set in the
4558 .I inputrc
4559 file with a statement of the form
4560 .RS
4561 .PP
4562 \fBset\fP \fIvariable\-name\fP \fIvalue\fP
4563 .RE
4564 .PP
4565 Except where noted, readline variables can take the values
4566 .B On
4567 or
4568 .BR Off .
4569 The variables and their default values are:
4570 .PP
4571 .PD 0
4572 .TP
4573 .B bell\-style (audible)
4574 Controls what happens when readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
4575 If set to \fBnone\fP, readline never rings the bell. If set to
4576 \fBvisible\fP, readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
4577 If set to \fBaudible\fP, readline attempts to ring the terminal's bell.
4578 .TP
4579 .B bind\-tty\-special\-chars (On)
4580 If set to \fBOn\fP, readline attempts to bind the control characters
4581 treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their readline
4582 equivalents.
4583 .TP
4584 .B comment\-begin (``#'')
4585 The string that is inserted when the readline
4586 .B insert\-comment
4587 command is executed.
4588 This command is bound to
4589 .B M\-#
4590 in emacs mode and to
4591 .B #
4592 in vi command mode.
4593 .TP
4594 .B completion\-ignore\-case (Off)
4595 If set to \fBOn\fP, readline performs filename matching and completion
4596 in a case\-insensitive fashion.
4597 .TP
4598 .B completion\-query\-items (100)
4599 This determines when the user is queried about viewing
4600 the number of possible completions
4601 generated by the \fBpossible\-completions\fP command.
4602 It may be set to any integer value greater than or equal to
4603 zero. If the number of possible completions is greater than
4604 or equal to the value of this variable, the user is asked whether
4605 or not he wishes to view them; otherwise they are simply listed
4606 on the terminal.
4607 .TP
4608 .B convert\-meta (On)
4609 If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will convert characters with the
4610 eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence
4611 by stripping the eighth bit and prefixing an
4612 escape character (in effect, using escape as the \fImeta prefix\fP).
4613 .TP
4614 .B disable\-completion (Off)
4615 If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will inhibit word completion. Completion
4616 characters will be inserted into the line as if they had been
4617 mapped to \fBself-insert\fP.
4618 .TP
4619 .B editing\-mode (emacs)
4620 Controls whether readline begins with a set of key bindings similar
4621 to \fIemacs\fP or \fIvi\fP.
4622 .B editing\-mode
4623 can be set to either
4624 .B emacs
4625 or
4626 .BR vi .
4627 .TP
4628 .B enable\-keypad (Off)
4629 When set to \fBOn\fP, readline will try to enable the application
4630 keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the
4631 arrow keys.
4632 .TP
4633 .B expand\-tilde (Off)
4634 If set to \fBon\fP, tilde expansion is performed when readline
4635 attempts word completion.
4636 .TP
4637 .B history-preserve-point
4638 If set to \fBon\fP, the history code attempts to place point at the
4639 same location on each history line retrieved with \fBprevious-history\fP
4640 or \fBnext-history\fP.
4641 .TP
4642 .B horizontal\-scroll\-mode (Off)
4643 When set to \fBOn\fP, makes readline use a single line for display,
4644 scrolling the input horizontally on a single screen line when it
4645 becomes longer than the screen width rather than wrapping to a new line.
4646 .TP
4647 .B input\-meta (Off)
4648 If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will enable eight-bit input (that is,
4649 it will not strip the high bit from the characters it reads),
4650 regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The name
4651 .B meta\-flag
4652 is a synonym for this variable.
4653 .TP
4654 .B isearch\-terminators (``C\-[C\-J'')
4655 The string of characters that should terminate an incremental
4656 search without subsequently executing the character as a command.
4657 If this variable has not been given a value, the characters
4658 \fIESC\fP and \fIC\-J\fP will terminate an incremental search.
4659 .TP
4660 .B keymap (emacs)
4661 Set the current readline keymap. The set of valid keymap names is
4662 \fIemacs, emacs\-standard, emacs\-meta, emacs\-ctlx, vi,
4663 vi\-command\fP, and
4664 .IR vi\-insert .
4665 \fIvi\fP is equivalent to \fIvi\-command\fP; \fIemacs\fP is
4666 equivalent to \fIemacs\-standard\fP. The default value is
4667 .IR emacs ;
4668 the value of
4669 .B editing\-mode
4670 also affects the default keymap.
4671 .TP
4672 .B mark\-directories (On)
4673 If set to \fBOn\fP, completed directory names have a slash
4674 appended.
4675 .TP
4676 .B mark\-modified\-lines (Off)
4677 If set to \fBOn\fP, history lines that have been modified are displayed
4678 with a preceding asterisk (\fB*\fP).
4679 .TP
4680 .B mark\-symlinked\-directories (Off)
4681 If set to \fBOn\fP, completed names which are symbolic links to directories
4682 have a slash appended (subject to the value of
4683 \fBmark\-directories\fP).
4684 .TP
4685 .B match\-hidden\-files (On)
4686 This variable, when set to \fBOn\fP, causes readline to match files whose
4687 names begin with a `.' (hidden files) when performing filename
4688 completion, unless the leading `.' is
4689 supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
4690 .TP
4691 .B output\-meta (Off)
4692 If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display characters with the
4693 eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
4694 sequence.
4695 .TP
4696 .B page\-completions (On)
4697 If set to \fBOn\fP, readline uses an internal \fImore\fP-like pager
4698 to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
4699 .TP
4700 .B print\-completions\-horizontally (Off)
4701 If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display completions with matches
4702 sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
4703 .TP
4704 .B show\-all\-if\-ambiguous (Off)
4705 This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If
4706 set to
4707 .BR on ,
4708 words which have more than one possible completion cause the
4709 matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
4710 .TP
4711 .B show\-all\-if\-unmodified (Off)
4712 This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
4713 a fashion similar to \fBshow\-all\-if\-ambiguous\fP.
4714 If set to
4715 .BR on ,
4716 words which have more than one possible completion without any
4717 possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
4718 a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
4719 of ringing the bell.
4720 .TP
4721 .B visible\-stats (Off)
4722 If set to \fBOn\fP, a character denoting a file's type as reported
4723 by \fIstat\fP(2) is appended to the filename when listing possible
4724 completions.
4725 .PD
4726 .SS "Readline Conditional Constructs"
4727 .PP
4728 Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
4729 compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
4730 bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
4731 of tests. There are four parser directives used.
4732 .IP \fB$if\fP
4733 The
4734 .B $if
4735 construct allows bindings to be made based on the
4736 editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
4737 readline. The text of the test extends to the end of the line;
4738 no characters are required to isolate it.
4739 .RS
4740 .IP \fBmode\fP
4741 The \fBmode=\fP form of the \fB$if\fP directive is used to test
4742 whether readline is in emacs or vi mode.
4743 This may be used in conjunction
4744 with the \fBset keymap\fP command, for instance, to set bindings in
4745 the \fIemacs\-standard\fP and \fIemacs\-ctlx\fP keymaps only if
4746 readline is starting out in emacs mode.
4747 .IP \fBterm\fP
4748 The \fBterm=\fP form may be used to include terminal-specific
4749 key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
4750 terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the
4751 .B =
4752 is tested against the both full name of the terminal and the portion
4753 of the terminal name before the first \fB\-\fP. This allows
4754 .I sun
4755 to match both
4756 .I sun
4757 and
4758 .IR sun\-cmd ,
4759 for instance.
4760 .IP \fBapplication\fP
4761 The \fBapplication\fP construct is used to include
4762 application-specific settings. Each program using the readline
4763 library sets the \fIapplication name\fP, and an initialization
4764 file can test for a particular value.
4765 This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
4766 a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a
4767 key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
4768 .sp 1
4769 .RS
4770 .nf
4771 \fB$if\fP Bash
4772 # Quote the current or previous word
4773 "\eC\-xq": "\eeb\e"\eef\e""
4774 \fB$endif\fP
4775 .fi
4776 .RE
4777 .RE
4778 .IP \fB$endif\fP
4779 This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
4780 \fB$if\fP command.
4781 .IP \fB$else\fP
4782 Commands in this branch of the \fB$if\fP directive are executed if
4783 the test fails.
4784 .IP \fB$include\fP
4785 This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
4786 and bindings from that file. For example, the following directive
4787 would read \fI/etc/inputrc\fP:
4788 .sp 1
4789 .RS
4790 .nf
4791 \fB$include\fP \^ \fI/etc/inputrc\fP
4792 .fi
4793 .RE
4794 .SS Searching
4795 .PP
4796 Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
4797 (see
4798 .SM
4799 .B HISTORY
4800 below) for lines containing a specified string.
4801 There are two search modes:
4802 .I incremental
4803 and
4804 .IR non-incremental .
4805 .PP
4806 Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
4807 search string.
4808 As each character of the search string is typed, readline displays
4809 the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
4810 An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
4811 find the desired history entry.
4812 The characters present in the value of the \fBisearch-terminators\fP
4813 variable are used to terminate an incremental search.
4814 If that variable has not been assigned a value the Escape and
4815 Control-J characters will terminate an incremental search.
4816 Control-G will abort an incremental search and restore the original
4817 line.
4818 When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
4819 search string becomes the current line.
4820 .PP
4821 To find other matching entries in the history list, type Control-S or
4822 Control-R as appropriate.
4823 This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
4824 entry matching the search string typed so far.
4825 Any other key sequence bound to a readline command will terminate
4826 the search and execute that command.
4827 For instance, a \fInewline\fP will terminate the search and accept
4828 the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
4829 .PP
4830 Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two
4831 Control-Rs are typed without any intervening characters defining a
4832 new search string, any remembered search string is used.
4833 .PP
4834 Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
4835 to search for matching history lines. The search string may be
4836 typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
4837 .SS "Readline Command Names"
4838 .PP
4839 The following is a list of the names of the commands and the default
4840 key sequences to which they are bound.
4841 Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
4842 In the following descriptions, \fIpoint\fP refers to the current cursor
4843 position, and \fImark\fP refers to a cursor position saved by the
4844 \fBset\-mark\fP command.
4845 The text between the point and mark is referred to as the \fIregion\fP.
4846 .SS Commands for Moving
4847 .PP
4848 .PD 0
4849 .TP
4850 .B beginning\-of\-line (C\-a)
4851 Move to the start of the current line.
4852 .TP
4853 .B end\-of\-line (C\-e)
4854 Move to the end of the line.
4855 .TP
4856 .B forward\-char (C\-f)
4857 Move forward a character.
4858 .TP
4859 .B backward\-char (C\-b)
4860 Move back a character.
4861 .TP
4862 .B forward\-word (M\-f)
4863 Move forward to the end of the next word. Words are composed of
4864 alphanumeric characters (letters and digits).
4865 .TP
4866 .B backward\-word (M\-b)
4867 Move back to the start of the current or previous word. Words are
4868 composed of alphanumeric characters (letters and digits).
4869 .TP
4870 .B clear\-screen (C\-l)
4871 Clear the screen leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
4872 With an argument, refresh the current line without clearing the
4873 screen.
4874 .TP
4875 .B redraw\-current\-line
4876 Refresh the current line.
4877 .PD
4878 .SS Commands for Manipulating the History
4879 .PP
4880 .PD 0
4881 .TP
4882 .B accept\-line (Newline, Return)
4883 Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is. If this line is
4884 non-empty, add it to the history list according to the state of the
4885 .SM
4886 .B HISTCONTROL
4887 variable. If the line is a modified history
4888 line, then restore the history line to its original state.
4889 .TP
4890 .B previous\-history (C\-p)
4891 Fetch the previous command from the history list, moving back in
4892 the list.
4893 .TP
4894 .B next\-history (C\-n)
4895 Fetch the next command from the history list, moving forward in the
4896 list.
4897 .TP
4898 .B beginning\-of\-history (M\-<)
4899 Move to the first line in the history.
4900 .TP
4901 .B end\-of\-history (M\->)
4902 Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently being
4903 entered.
4904 .TP
4905 .B reverse\-search\-history (C\-r)
4906 Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
4907 the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
4908 .TP
4909 .B forward\-search\-history (C\-s)
4910 Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
4911 the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
4912 .TP
4913 .B non\-incremental\-reverse\-search\-history (M\-p)
4914 Search backward through the history starting at the current line
4915 using a non-incremental search for a string supplied by the user.
4916 .TP
4917 .B non\-incremental\-forward\-search\-history (M\-n)
4918 Search forward through the history using a non-incremental search for
4919 a string supplied by the user.
4920 .TP
4921 .B history\-search\-forward
4922 Search forward through the history for the string of characters
4923 between the start of the current line and the point.
4924 This is a non-incremental search.
4925 .TP
4926 .B history\-search\-backward
4927 Search backward through the history for the string of characters
4928 between the start of the current line and the point.
4929 This is a non-incremental search.
4930 .TP
4931 .B yank\-nth\-arg (M\-C\-y)
4932 Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
4933 the second word on the previous line) at point.
4934 With an argument
4935 .IR n ,
4936 insert the \fIn\fPth word from the previous command (the words
4937 in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument
4938 inserts the \fIn\fPth word from the end of the previous command.
4939 Once the argument \fIn\fP is computed, the argument is extracted
4940 as if the "!\fIn\fP" history expansion had been specified.
4941 .TP
4942 .B
4943 yank\-last\-arg (M\-.\^, M\-_\^)
4944 Insert the last argument to the previous command (the last word of
4945 the previous history entry). With an argument,
4946 behave exactly like \fByank\-nth\-arg\fP.
4947 Successive calls to \fByank\-last\-arg\fP move back through the history
4948 list, inserting the last argument of each line in turn.
4949 The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument,
4950 as if the "!$" history expansion had been specified.
4951 .TP
4952 .B shell\-expand\-line (M\-C\-e)
4953 Expand the line as the shell does. This
4954 performs alias and history expansion as well as all of the shell
4955 word expansions. See
4956 .SM
4957 .B HISTORY EXPANSION
4958 below for a description of history expansion.
4959 .TP
4960 .B history\-expand\-line (M\-^)
4961 Perform history expansion on the current line.
4962 See
4963 .SM
4964 .B HISTORY EXPANSION
4965 below for a description of history expansion.
4966 .TP
4967 .B magic\-space
4968 Perform history expansion on the current line and insert a space.
4969 See
4970 .SM
4971 .B HISTORY EXPANSION
4972 below for a description of history expansion.
4973 .TP
4974 .B alias\-expand\-line
4975 Perform alias expansion on the current line.
4976 See
4977 .SM
4978 .B ALIASES
4979 above for a description of alias expansion.
4980 .TP
4981 .B history\-and\-alias\-expand\-line
4982 Perform history and alias expansion on the current line.
4983 .TP
4984 .B insert\-last\-argument (M\-.\^, M\-_\^)
4985 A synonym for \fByank\-last\-arg\fP.
4986 .TP
4987 .B operate\-and\-get\-next (C\-o)
4988 Accept the current line for execution and fetch the next line
4989 relative to the current line from the history for editing. Any
4990 argument is ignored.
4991 .TP
4992 .B edit\-and\-execute\-command (C\-xC\-e)
4993 Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell
4994 commands.
4995 \fBBash\fP attempts to invoke
4996 .SM
4997 .BR $FCEDIT ,
4998 .SM
4999 .BR $EDITOR ,
5000 and \fIemacs\fP as the editor, in that order.
5001 .PD
5002 .SS Commands for Changing Text
5003 .PP
5004 .PD 0
5005 .TP
5006 .B delete\-char (C\-d)
5007 Delete the character at point. If point is at the
5008 beginning of the line, there are no characters in the line, and
5009 the last character typed was not bound to \fBdelete\-char\fP,
5010 then return
5011 .SM
5012 .BR EOF .
5013 .TP
5014 .B backward\-delete\-char (Rubout)
5015 Delete the character behind the cursor. When given a numeric argument,
5016 save the deleted text on the kill ring.
5017 .TP
5018 .B forward\-backward\-delete\-char
5019 Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
5020 end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
5021 deleted.
5022 .TP
5023 .B quoted\-insert (C\-q, C\-v)
5024 Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is
5025 how to insert characters like \fBC\-q\fP, for example.
5026 .TP
5027 .B tab\-insert (C\-v TAB)
5028 Insert a tab character.
5029 .TP
5030 .B self\-insert (a,\ b,\ A,\ 1,\ !,\ ...)
5031 Insert the character typed.
5032 .TP
5033 .B transpose\-chars (C\-t)
5034 Drag the character before point forward over the character at point,
5035 moving point forward as well.
5036 If point is at the end of the line, then this transposes
5037 the two characters before point.
5038 Negative arguments have no effect.
5039 .TP
5040 .B transpose\-words (M\-t)
5041 Drag the word before point past the word after point,
5042 moving point over that word as well.
5043 If point is at the end of the line, this transposes
5044 the last two words on the line.
5045 .TP
5046 .B upcase\-word (M\-u)
5047 Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
5048 uppercase the previous word, but do not move point.
5049 .TP
5050 .B downcase\-word (M\-l)
5051 Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
5052 lowercase the previous word, but do not move point.
5053 .TP
5054 .B capitalize\-word (M\-c)
5055 Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
5056 capitalize the previous word, but do not move point.
5057 .TP
5058 .B overwrite\-mode
5059 Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument,
5060 switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric
5061 argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only
5062 \fBemacs\fP mode; \fBvi\fP mode does overwrite differently.
5063 Each call to \fIreadline()\fP starts in insert mode.
5064 In overwrite mode, characters bound to \fBself\-insert\fP replace
5065 the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
5066 Characters bound to \fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP replace the character
5067 before point with a space. By default, this command is unbound.
5068 .PD
5069 .SS Killing and Yanking
5070 .PP
5071 .PD 0
5072 .TP
5073 .B kill\-line (C\-k)
5074 Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
5075 .TP
5076 .B backward\-kill\-line (C\-x Rubout)
5077 Kill backward to the beginning of the line.
5078 .TP
5079 .B unix\-line\-discard (C\-u)
5080 Kill backward from point to the beginning of the line.
5081 The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
5082 .\" There is no real difference between this and backward-kill-line
5083 .TP
5084 .B kill\-whole\-line
5085 Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
5086 .TP
5087 .B kill\-word (M\-d)
5088 Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
5089 words, to the end of the next word.
5090 Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBforward\-word\fP.
5091 .TP
5092 .B backward\-kill\-word (M\-Rubout)
5093 Kill the word behind point.
5094 Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBbackward\-word\fP.
5095 .TP
5096 .B unix\-word\-rubout (C\-w)
5097 Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
5098 The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
5099 .TP
5100 .B unix\-filename\-rubout
5101 Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
5102 as the word boundaries.
5103 The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
5104 .TP
5105 .B delete\-horizontal\-space (M\-\e)
5106 Delete all spaces and tabs around point.
5107 .TP
5108 .B kill\-region
5109 Kill the text in the current region.
5110 .TP
5111 .B copy\-region\-as\-kill
5112 Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer.
5113 .TP
5114 .B copy\-backward\-word
5115 Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
5116 The word boundaries are the same as \fBbackward\-word\fP.
5117 .TP
5118 .B copy\-forward\-word
5119 Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
5120 The word boundaries are the same as \fBforward\-word\fP.
5121 .TP
5122 .B yank (C\-y)
5123 Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
5124 .TP
5125 .B yank\-pop (M\-y)
5126 Rotate the kill ring, and yank the new top. Only works following
5127 .B yank
5128 or
5129 .BR yank\-pop .
5130 .PD
5131 .SS Numeric Arguments
5132 .PP
5133 .PD 0
5134 .TP
5135 .B digit\-argument (M\-0, M\-1, ..., M\-\-)
5136 Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
5137 argument. M\-\- starts a negative argument.
5138 .TP
5139 .B universal\-argument
5140 This is another way to specify an argument.
5141 If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
5142 leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
5143 If the command is followed by digits, executing
5144 .B universal\-argument
5145 again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
5146 As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
5147 character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count
5148 for the next command is multiplied by four.
5149 The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
5150 first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
5151 argument count sixteen, and so on.
5152 .PD
5153 .SS Completing
5154 .PP
5155 .PD 0
5156 .TP
5157 .B complete (TAB)
5158 Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
5159 .B Bash
5160 attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the
5161 text begins with \fB$\fP), username (if the text begins with
5162 \fB~\fP), hostname (if the text begins with \fB@\fP), or
5163 command (including aliases and functions) in turn. If none
5164 of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted.
5165 .TP
5166 .B possible\-completions (M\-?)
5167 List the possible completions of the text before point.
5168 .TP
5169 .B insert\-completions (M\-*)
5170 Insert all completions of the text before point
5171 that would have been generated by
5172 \fBpossible\-completions\fP.
5173 .TP
5174 .B menu\-complete
5175 Similar to \fBcomplete\fP, but replaces the word to be completed
5176 with a single match from the list of possible completions.
5177 Repeated execution of \fBmenu\-complete\fP steps through the list
5178 of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
5179 At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
5180 (subject to the setting of \fBbell\-style\fP)
5181 and the original text is restored.
5182 An argument of \fIn\fP moves \fIn\fP positions forward in the list
5183 of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
5184 through the list.
5185 This command is intended to be bound to \fBTAB\fP, but is unbound
5186 by default.
5187 .TP
5188 .B delete\-char\-or\-list
5189 Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
5190 end of the line (like \fBdelete\-char\fP).
5191 If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
5192 \fBpossible\-completions\fP.
5193 This command is unbound by default.
5194 .TP
5195 .B complete\-filename (M\-/)
5196 Attempt filename completion on the text before point.
5197 .TP
5198 .B possible\-filename\-completions (C\-x /)
5199 List the possible completions of the text before point,
5200 treating it as a filename.
5201 .TP
5202 .B complete\-username (M\-~)
5203 Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
5204 it as a username.
5205 .TP
5206 .B possible\-username\-completions (C\-x ~)
5207 List the possible completions of the text before point,
5208 treating it as a username.
5209 .TP
5210 .B complete\-variable (M\-$)
5211 Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
5212 it as a shell variable.
5213 .TP
5214 .B possible\-variable\-completions (C\-x $)
5215 List the possible completions of the text before point,
5216 treating it as a shell variable.
5217 .TP
5218 .B complete\-hostname (M\-@)
5219 Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
5220 it as a hostname.
5221 .TP
5222 .B possible\-hostname\-completions (C\-x @)
5223 List the possible completions of the text before point,
5224 treating it as a hostname.
5225 .TP
5226 .B complete\-command (M\-!)
5227 Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
5228 it as a command name. Command completion attempts to
5229 match the text against aliases, reserved words, shell
5230 functions, shell builtins, and finally executable filenames,
5231 in that order.
5232 .TP
5233 .B possible\-command\-completions (C\-x !)
5234 List the possible completions of the text before point,
5235 treating it as a command name.
5236 .TP
5237 .B dynamic\-complete\-history (M\-TAB)
5238 Attempt completion on the text before point, comparing
5239 the text against lines from the history list for possible
5240 completion matches.
5241 .TP
5242 .B complete\-into\-braces (M\-{)
5243 Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible completions
5244 enclosed within braces so the list is available to the shell (see
5245 .B Brace Expansion
5246 above).
5247 .PD
5248 .SS Keyboard Macros
5249 .PP
5250 .PD 0
5251 .TP
5252 .B start\-kbd\-macro (C\-x (\^)
5253 Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
5254 .TP
5255 .B end\-kbd\-macro (C\-x )\^)
5256 Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
5257 and store the definition.
5258 .TP
5259 .B call\-last\-kbd\-macro (C\-x e)
5260 Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
5261 in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
5262 .PD
5263 .SS Miscellaneous
5264 .PP
5265 .PD 0
5266 .TP
5267 .B re\-read\-init\-file (C\-x C\-r)
5268 Read in the contents of the \fIinputrc\fP file, and incorporate
5269 any bindings or variable assignments found there.
5270 .TP
5271 .B abort (C\-g)
5272 Abort the current editing command and
5273 ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
5274 .BR bell\-style ).
5275 .TP
5276 .B do\-uppercase\-version (M\-a, M\-b, M\-\fIx\fP, ...)
5277 If the metafied character \fIx\fP is lowercase, run the command
5278 that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character.
5279 .TP
5280 .B prefix\-meta (ESC)
5281 Metafy the next character typed.
5282 .SM
5283 .B ESC
5284 .B f
5285 is equivalent to
5286 .BR Meta\-f .
5287 .TP
5288 .B undo (C\-_, C\-x C\-u)
5289 Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
5290 .TP
5291 .B revert\-line (M\-r)
5292 Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the
5293 .B undo
5294 command enough times to return the line to its initial state.
5295 .TP
5296 .B tilde\-expand (M\-&)
5297 Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
5298 .TP
5299 .B set\-mark (C\-@, M\-<space>)
5300 Set the mark to the point. If a
5301 numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
5302 .TP
5303 .B exchange\-point\-and\-mark (C\-x C\-x)
5304 Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to
5305 the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
5306 .TP
5307 .B character\-search (C\-])
5308 A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
5309 character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
5310 .TP
5311 .B character\-search\-backward (M\-C\-])
5312 A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence of that
5313 character. A negative count searches for subsequent occurrences.
5314 .TP
5315 .B insert\-comment (M\-#)
5316 Without a numeric argument, the value of the readline
5317 .B comment\-begin
5318 variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
5319 If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if
5320 the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
5321 of \fBcomment\-begin\fP, the value is inserted, otherwise
5322 the characters in \fBcomment-begin\fP are deleted from the beginning of
5323 the line.
5324 In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
5325 The default value of
5326 \fBcomment\-begin\fP causes this command to make the current line
5327 a shell comment.
5328 If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line
5329 will be executed by the shell.
5330 .TP
5331 .B glob\-complete\-word (M\-g)
5332 The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
5333 with an asterisk implicitly appended. This pattern is used to
5334 generate a list of matching file names for possible completions.
5335 .TP
5336 .B glob\-expand\-word (C\-x *)
5337 The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
5338 and the list of matching file names is inserted, replacing the word.
5339 If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before
5340 pathname expansion.
5341 .TP
5342 .B glob\-list\-expansions (C\-x g)
5343 The list of expansions that would have been generated by
5344 .B glob\-expand\-word
5345 is displayed, and the line is redrawn.
5346 If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before
5347 pathname expansion.
5348 .TP
5349 .B dump\-functions
5350 Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
5351 readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
5352 the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
5353 of an \fIinputrc\fP file.
5354 .TP
5355 .B dump\-variables
5356 Print all of the settable readline variables and their values to the
5357 readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
5358 the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
5359 of an \fIinputrc\fP file.
5360 .TP
5361 .B dump\-macros
5362 Print all of the readline key sequences bound to macros and the
5363 strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied,
5364 the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
5365 of an \fIinputrc\fP file.
5366 .TP
5367 .B display\-shell\-version (C\-x C\-v)
5368 Display version information about the current instance of
5369 .BR bash .
5370 .PD
5371 .SS Programmable Completion
5372 .PP
5373 When word completion is attempted for an argument to a command for
5374 which a completion specification (a \fIcompspec\fP) has been defined
5375 using the \fBcomplete\fP builtin (see
5376 .SM
5377 .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
5378 below), the programmable completion facilities are invoked.
5379 .PP
5380 First, the command name is identified.
5381 If a compspec has been defined for that command, the
5382 compspec is used to generate the list of possible completions for the word.
5383 If the command word is a full pathname, a compspec for the full
5384 pathname is searched for first.
5385 If no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt is made to
5386 find a compspec for the portion following the final slash.
5387 .PP
5388 Once a compspec has been found, it is used to generate the list of
5389 matching words.
5390 If a compspec is not found, the default \fBbash\fP completion as
5391 described above under \fBCompleting\fP is performed.
5392 .PP
5393 First, the actions specified by the compspec are used.
5394 Only matches which are prefixed by the word being completed are
5395 returned.
5396 When the
5397 .B \-f
5398 or
5399 .B \-d
5400 option is used for filename or directory name completion, the shell
5401 variable
5402 .SM
5403 .B FIGNORE
5404 is used to filter the matches.
5405 .PP
5406 Any completions specified by a filename expansion pattern to the
5407 \fB\-G\fP option are generated next.
5408 The words generated by the pattern need not match the word
5409 being completed.
5410 The
5411 .SM
5412 .B GLOBIGNORE
5413 shell variable is not used to filter the matches, but the
5414 .SM
5415 .B FIGNORE
5416 variable is used.
5417 .PP
5418 Next, the string specified as the argument to the \fB\-W\fP option
5419 is considered.
5420 The string is first split using the characters in the
5421 .SM
5422 .B IFS
5423 special variable as delimiters.
5424 Shell quoting is honored.
5425 Each word is then expanded using
5426 brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
5427 command substitution, and arithmetic expansion,
5428 as described above under
5429 .SM
5430 .BR EXPANSION .
5431 The results are split using the rules described above under
5432 \fBWord Splitting\fP.
5433 The results of the expansion are prefix-matched against the word being
5434 completed, and the matching words become the possible completions.
5435 .PP
5436 After these matches have been generated, any shell function or command
5437 specified with the \fB\-F\fP and \fB\-C\fP options is invoked.
5438 When the command or function is invoked, the
5439 .SM
5440 .B COMP_LINE
5441 and
5442 .SM
5443 .B COMP_POINT
5444 variables are assigned values as described above under
5445 \fBShell Variables\fP.
5446 If a shell function is being invoked, the
5447 .SM
5448 .B COMP_WORDS
5449 and
5450 .SM
5451 .B COMP_CWORD
5452 variables are also set.
5453 When the function or command is invoked, the first argument is the
5454 name of the command whose arguments are being completed, the
5455 second argument is the word being completed, and the third argument
5456 is the word preceding the word being completed on the current command line.
5457 No filtering of the generated completions against the word being completed
5458 is performed; the function or command has complete freedom in generating
5459 the matches.
5460 .PP
5461 Any function specified with \fB\-F\fP is invoked first.
5462 The function may use any of the shell facilities, including the
5463 \fBcompgen\fP builtin described below, to generate the matches.
5464 It must put the possible completions in the
5465 .SM
5466 .B COMPREPLY
5467 array variable.
5468 .PP
5469 Next, any command specified with the \fB\-C\fP option is invoked
5470 in an environment equivalent to command substitution.
5471 It should print a list of completions, one per line, to the
5472 standard output.
5473 Backslash may be used to escape a newline, if necessary.
5474 .PP
5475 After all of the possible completions are generated, any filter
5476 specified with the \fB\-X\fP option is applied to the list.
5477 The filter is a pattern as used for pathname expansion; a \fB&\fP
5478 in the pattern is replaced with the text of the word being completed.
5479 A literal \fB&\fP may be escaped with a backslash; the backslash
5480 is removed before attempting a match.
5481 Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list.
5482 A leading \fB!\fP negates the pattern; in this case any completion
5483 not matching the pattern will be removed.
5484 .PP
5485 Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-S\fP
5486 options are added to each member of the completion list, and the result is
5487 returned to the readline completion code as the list of possible
5488 completions.
5489 .PP
5490 If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the
5491 \fB\-o dirnames\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the
5492 compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted.
5493 .PP
5494 If the \fB\-o plusdirs\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the
5495 compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any
5496 matches are added to the results of the other actions.
5497 .PP
5498 By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned
5499 to the completion code as the full set of possible completions.
5500 The default \fBbash\fP completions are not attempted, and the readline
5501 default of filename completion is disabled.
5502 If the \fB\-o bashdefault\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when
5503 the compspec was defined, the \fBbash\fP default completions are attempted
5504 if the compspec generates no matches.
5505 If the \fB\-o default\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the
5506 compspec was defined, readline's default completion will be performed
5507 if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default \fBbash\fP completions)
5508 generate no matches.
5509 .PP
5510 When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired,
5511 the programmable completion functions force readline to append a slash
5512 to completed names which are symbolic links to directories, subject to
5513 the value of the \fBmark\-directories\fP readline variable, regardless
5514 of the setting of the \fBmark-symlinked\-directories\fP readline variable.
5515 .SH HISTORY
5516 When the
5517 .B \-o history
5518 option to the
5519 .B set
5520 builtin is enabled, the shell provides access to the
5521 \fIcommand history\fP,
5522 the list of commands previously typed.
5523 The value of the \fBHISTSIZE\fP variable is used as the
5524 number of commands to save in a history list.
5525 The text of the last
5526 .SM
5527 .B HISTSIZE
5528 commands (default 500) is saved. The shell
5529 stores each command in the history list prior to parameter and
5530 variable expansion (see
5531 .SM
5532 .B EXPANSION
5533 above) but after history expansion is performed, subject to the
5534 values of the shell variables
5535 .SM
5536 .B HISTIGNORE
5537 and
5538 .SM
5539 .BR HISTCONTROL .
5540 .PP
5541 On startup, the history is initialized from the file named by
5542 the variable
5543 .SM
5544 .B HISTFILE
5545 (default \fI~/.bash_history\fP).
5546 The file named by the value of
5547 .SM
5548 .B HISTFILE
5549 is truncated, if necessary, to contain no more than
5550 the number of lines specified by the value of
5551 .SM
5552 .BR HISTFILESIZE .
5553 When an interactive shell exits, the last
5554 .SM
5555 .B $HISTSIZE
5556 lines are copied from the history list to
5557 .SM
5558 .BR $HISTFILE .
5559 If the
5560 .B histappend
5561 shell option is enabled
5562 (see the description of
5563 .B shopt
5564 under
5565 .SM
5566 .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
5567 below), the lines are appended to the history file,
5568 otherwise the history file is overwritten.
5569 If
5570 .SM
5571 .B HISTFILE
5572 is unset, or if the history file is unwritable, the history is
5573 not saved. After saving the history, the history file is truncated
5574 to contain no more than
5575 .SM
5576 .B HISTFILESIZE
5577 lines. If
5578 .SM
5579 .B HISTFILESIZE
5580 is not set, no truncation is performed.
5581 .PP
5582 The builtin command
5583 .B fc
5584 (see
5585 .SM
5586 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
5587 below) may be used to list or edit and re-execute a portion of
5588 the history list.
5589 The
5590 .B history
5591 builtin may be used to display or modify the history list and
5592 manipulate the history file.
5593 When using command-line editing, search commands
5594 are available in each editing mode that provide access to the
5595 history list.
5596 .PP
5597 The shell allows control over which commands are saved on the history
5598 list. The
5599 .SM
5600 .B HISTCONTROL
5601 and
5602 .SM
5603 .B HISTIGNORE
5604 variables may be set to cause the shell to save only a subset of the
5605 commands entered.
5606 The
5607 .B cmdhist
5608 shell option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each
5609 line of a multi-line command in the same history entry, adding
5610 semicolons where necessary to preserve syntactic correctness.
5611 The
5612 .B lithist
5613 shell option causes the shell to save the command with embedded newlines
5614 instead of semicolons. See the description of the
5615 .B shopt
5616 builtin below under
5617 .SM
5618 .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
5619 for information on setting and unsetting shell options.
5620 .SH "HISTORY EXPANSION"
5621 .PP
5622 The shell supports a history expansion feature that
5623 is similar to the history expansion in
5624 .BR csh.
5625 This section describes what syntax features are available. This
5626 feature is enabled by default for interactive shells, and can be
5627 disabled using the
5628 .B \+H
5629 option to the
5630 .B set
5631 builtin command (see
5632 .SM
5633 .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
5634 below). Non-interactive shells do not perform history expansion
5635 by default.
5636 .PP
5637 History expansions introduce words from the history list into
5638 the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the
5639 arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or
5640 fix errors in previous commands quickly.
5641 .PP
5642 History expansion is performed immediately after a complete line
5643 is read, before the shell breaks it into words.
5644 It takes place in two parts.
5645 The first is to determine which line from the history list
5646 to use during substitution.
5647 The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into
5648 the current one.
5649 The line selected from the history is the \fIevent\fP,
5650 and the portions of that line that are acted upon are \fIwords\fP.
5651 Various \fImodifiers\fP are available to manipulate the selected words.
5652 The line is broken into words in the same fashion as when reading input,
5653 so that several \fImetacharacter\fP-separated words surrounded by
5654 quotes are considered one word.
5655 History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the
5656 history expansion character, which is \^\fB!\fP\^ by default.
5657 Only backslash (\^\fB\e\fP\^) and single quotes can quote
5658 the history expansion character.
5659 .PP
5660 Several characters inhibit history expansion if found immediately
5661 following the history expansion character, even if it is unquoted:
5662 space, tab, newline, carriage return, and \fB=\fP.
5663 If the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled, \fB(\fP will also
5664 inhibit expansion.
5665 .PP
5666 Several shell options settable with the
5667 .B shopt
5668 builtin may be used to tailor the behavior of history expansion.
5669 If the
5670 .B histverify
5671 shell option is enabled (see the description of the
5672 .B shopt
5673 builtin), and
5674 .B readline
5675 is being used, history substitutions are not immediately passed to
5676 the shell parser.
5677 Instead, the expanded line is reloaded into the
5678 .B readline
5679 editing buffer for further modification.
5680 If
5681 .B readline
5682 is being used, and the
5683 .B histreedit
5684 shell option is enabled, a failed history substitution will be reloaded
5685 into the
5686 .B readline
5687 editing buffer for correction.
5688 The
5689 .B \-p
5690 option to the
5691 .B history
5692 builtin command may be used to see what a history expansion will
5693 do before using it.
5694 The
5695 .B \-s
5696 option to the
5697 .B history
5698 builtin may be used to add commands to the end of the history list
5699 without actually executing them, so that they are available for
5700 subsequent recall.
5701 .PP
5702 The shell allows control of the various characters used by the
5703 history expansion mechanism (see the description of
5704 .B histchars
5705 above under
5706 .BR "Shell Variables" ).
5707 .SS Event Designators
5708 .PP
5709 An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the
5710 history list.
5711 .PP
5712 .PD 0
5713 .TP
5714 .B !
5715 Start a history substitution, except when followed by a
5716 .BR blank ,
5717 newline, carriage return, =
5718 or ( (when the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled using
5719 the \fBshopt\fP builtin).
5720 .TP
5721 .B !\fIn\fR
5722 Refer to command line
5723 .IR n .
5724 .TP
5725 .B !\-\fIn\fR
5726 Refer to the current command line minus
5727 .IR n .
5728 .TP
5729 .B !!
5730 Refer to the previous command. This is a synonym for `!\-1'.
5731 .TP
5732 .B !\fIstring\fR
5733 Refer to the most recent command starting with
5734 .IR string .
5735 .TP
5736 .B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR
5737 Refer to the most recent command containing
5738 .IR string .
5739 The trailing \fB?\fP may be omitted if
5740 .I string
5741 is followed immediately by a newline.
5742 .TP
5743 .B \d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring1\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring2\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u
5744 Quick substitution. Repeat the last command, replacing
5745 .I string1
5746 with
5747 .IR string2 .
5748 Equivalent to
5749 ``!!:s/\fIstring1\fP/\fIstring2\fP/''
5750 (see \fBModifiers\fP below).
5751 .TP
5752 .B !#
5753 The entire command line typed so far.
5754 .PD
5755 .SS Word Designators
5756 .PP
5757 Word designators are used to select desired words from the event.
5758 A
5759 .B :
5760 separates the event specification from the word designator.
5761 It may be omitted if the word designator begins with a
5762 .BR ^ ,
5763 .BR $ ,
5764 .BR * ,
5765 .BR \- ,
5766 or
5767 .BR % .
5768 Words are numbered from the beginning of the line,
5769 with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero).
5770 Words are inserted into the current line separated by single spaces.
5771 .PP
5772 .PD 0
5773 .TP
5774 .B 0 (zero)
5775 The zeroth word. For the shell, this is the command
5776 word.
5777 .TP
5778 .I n
5779 The \fIn\fRth word.
5780 .TP
5781 .B ^
5782 The first argument. That is, word 1.
5783 .TP
5784 .B $
5785 The last argument.
5786 .TP
5787 .B %
5788 The word matched by the most recent `?\fIstring\fR?' search.
5789 .TP
5790 .I x\fB\-\fPy
5791 A range of words; `\-\fIy\fR' abbreviates `0\-\fIy\fR'.
5792 .TP
5793 .B *
5794 All of the words but the zeroth. This is a synonym
5795 for `\fI1\-$\fP'. It is not an error to use
5796 .B *
5797 if there is just one
5798 word in the event; the empty string is returned in that case.
5799 .TP
5800 .B x*
5801 Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP.
5802 .TP
5803 .B x\-
5804 Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP like \fBx*\fP, but omits the last word.
5805 .PD
5806 .PP
5807 If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the
5808 previous command is used as the event.
5809 .SS Modifiers
5810 .PP
5811 After the optional word designator, there may appear a sequence of
5812 one or more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a `:'.
5813 .PP
5814 .PD 0
5815 .PP
5816 .TP
5817 .B h
5818 Remove a trailing file name component, leaving only the head.
5819 .TP
5820 .B t
5821 Remove all leading file name components, leaving the tail.
5822 .TP
5823 .B r
5824 Remove a trailing suffix of the form \fI.xxx\fP, leaving the
5825 basename.
5826 .TP
5827 .B e
5828 Remove all but the trailing suffix.
5829 .TP
5830 .B p
5831 Print the new command but do not execute it.
5832 .TP
5833 .B q
5834 Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions.
5835 .TP
5836 .B x
5837 Quote the substituted words as with
5838 .BR q ,
5839 but break into words at
5840 .B blanks
5841 and newlines.
5842 .TP
5843 .B s/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/
5844 Substitute
5845 .I new
5846 for the first occurrence of
5847 .I old
5848 in the event line. Any delimiter can be used in place of /. The
5849 final delimiter is optional if it is the last character of the
5850 event line. The delimiter may be quoted in
5851 .I old
5852 and
5853 .I new
5854 with a single backslash. If & appears in
5855 .IR new ,
5856 it is replaced by
5857 .IR old .
5858 A single backslash will quote the &. If
5859 .I old
5860 is null, it is set to the last
5861 .I old
5862 substituted, or, if no previous history substitutions took place,
5863 the last
5864 .I string
5865 in a
5866 .B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR
5867 search.
5868 .TP
5869 .B &
5870 Repeat the previous substitution.
5871 .TP
5872 .B g
5873 Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line. This is
5874 used in conjunction with `\fB:s\fP' (e.g., `\fB:gs/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/\fR')
5875 or `\fB:&\fP'. If used with
5876 `\fB:s\fP', any delimiter can be used
5877 in place of /, and the final delimiter is optional
5878 if it is the last character of the event line.
5879 An \fBa\fP may be used as a synonym for \fBg\fP.
5880 .TP
5881 .B G
5882 Apply the following `\fBs\fP' modifier once to each word in the event line.
5883 .PD
5884 .SH "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
5885 .\" start of bash_builtins
5886 .zZ
5887 .PP
5888 Unless otherwise noted, each builtin command documented in this
5889 section as accepting options preceded by
5890 .B \-
5891 accepts
5892 .B \-\-
5893 to signify the end of the options.
5894 For example, the \fB:\fP, \fBtrue\fP, \fBfalse\fP, and \fBtest\fP builtins
5895 do not accept options.
5896 .sp .5
5897 .PD 0
5898 .TP
5899 \fB:\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
5900 .PD
5901 No effect; the command does nothing beyond expanding
5902 .I arguments
5903 and performing any specified
5904 redirections. A zero exit code is returned.
5905 .TP
5906 \fB .\| \fP \fIfilename\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
5907 .PD 0
5908 .TP
5909 \fBsource\fP \fIfilename\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
5910 .PD
5911 Read and execute commands from
5912 .I filename
5913 in the current
5914 shell environment and return the exit status of the last command
5915 executed from
5916 .IR filename .
5917 If
5918 .I filename
5919 does not contain a slash, file names in
5920 .SM
5921 .B PATH
5922 are used to find the directory containing
5923 .IR filename .
5924 The file searched for in
5925 .SM
5926 .B PATH
5927 need not be executable.
5928 When \fBbash\fP is not in \fIposix mode\fP, the current directory is
5929 searched if no file is found in
5930 .SM
5931 .BR PATH .
5932 If the
5933 .B sourcepath
5934 option to the
5935 .B shopt
5936 builtin command is turned off, the
5937 .SM
5938 .B PATH
5939 is not searched.
5940 If any \fIarguments\fP are supplied, they become the positional
5941 parameters when \fIfilename\fP is executed. Otherwise the positional
5942 parameters are unchanged.
5943 The return status is the status of the last command exited within
5944 the script (0 if no commands are executed), and false if
5945 .I filename
5946 is not found or cannot be read.
5947 .TP
5948 \fBalias\fP [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...]
5949 \fBAlias\fP with no arguments or with the
5950 .B \-p
5951 option prints the list of aliases in the form
5952 \fBalias\fP \fIname\fP=\fIvalue\fP on standard output.
5953 When arguments are supplied, an alias is defined for
5954 each \fIname\fP whose \fIvalue\fP is given.
5955 A trailing space in \fIvalue\fP causes the next word to be
5956 checked for alias substitution when the alias is expanded.
5957 For each \fIname\fP in the argument list for which no \fIvalue\fP
5958 is supplied, the name and value of the alias is printed.
5959 \fBAlias\fP returns true unless a \fIname\fP is given for which
5960 no alias has been defined.
5961 .TP
5962 \fBbg\fP [\fIjobspec\fP ...]
5963 Resume each suspended job \fIjobspec\fP in the background, as if it
5964 had been started with
5965 .BR & .
5966 If \fIjobspec\fP is not present, the shell's notion of the
5967 \fIcurrent job\fP is used.
5968 .B bg
5969 .I jobspec
5970 returns 0 unless run when job control is disabled or, when run with
5971 job control enabled, if the last \fIjobspec\fP was not found or was
5972 started without job control.
5973 .TP
5974 \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] [\fB\-lpsvPSV\fP]
5975 .PD 0
5976 .TP
5977 \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] [\fB\-q\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-r\fP \fIkeyseq\fP]
5978 .TP
5979 \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fB\-f\fP \fIfilename\fP
5980 .TP
5981 \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fB\-x\fP \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIshell\-command\fP
5982 .TP
5983 \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIfunction\-name\fP
5984 .TP
5985 \fBbind\fP \fIreadline\-command\fP
5986 .PD
5987 Display current
5988 .B readline
5989 key and function bindings, bind a key sequence to a
5990 .B readline
5991 function or macro, or set a
5992 .B readline
5993 variable.
5994 Each non-option argument is a command as it would appear in
5995 .IR .inputrc ,
5996 but each binding or command must be passed as a separate argument;
5997 e.g., '"\eC\-x\eC\-r": re\-read\-init\-file'.
5998 Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
5999 .RS
6000 .PD 0
6001 .TP
6002 .B \-m \fIkeymap\fP
6003 Use
6004 .I keymap
6005 as the keymap to be affected by the subsequent bindings.
6006 Acceptable
6007 .I keymap
6008 names are
6009 \fIemacs, emacs\-standard, emacs\-meta, emacs\-ctlx, vi,
6010 vi\-move, vi\-command\fP, and
6011 .IR vi\-insert .
6012 \fIvi\fP is equivalent to \fIvi\-command\fP; \fIemacs\fP is
6013 equivalent to \fIemacs\-standard\fP.
6014 .TP
6015 .B \-l
6016 List the names of all \fBreadline\fP functions.
6017 .TP
6018 .B \-p
6019 Display \fBreadline\fP function names and bindings in such a way
6020 that they can be re-read.
6021 .TP
6022 .B \-P
6023 List current \fBreadline\fP function names and bindings.
6024 .TP
6025 .B \-v
6026 Display \fBreadline\fP variable names and values in such a way that they
6027 can be re-read.
6028 .TP
6029 .B \-V
6030 List current \fBreadline\fP variable names and values.
6031 .TP
6032 .B \-s
6033 Display \fBreadline\fP key sequences bound to macros and the strings
6034 they output in such a way that they can be re-read.
6035 .TP
6036 .B \-S
6037 Display \fBreadline\fP key sequences bound to macros and the strings
6038 they output.
6039 .TP
6040 .B \-f \fIfilename\fP
6041 Read key bindings from \fIfilename\fP.
6042 .TP
6043 .B \-q \fIfunction\fP
6044 Query about which keys invoke the named \fIfunction\fP.
6045 .TP
6046 .B \-u \fIfunction\fP
6047 Unbind all keys bound to the named \fIfunction\fP.
6048 .TP
6049 .B \-r \fIkeyseq\fP
6050 Remove any current binding for \fIkeyseq\fP.
6051 .TP
6052 .B \-x \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIshell\-command\fP
6053 Cause \fIshell\-command\fP to be executed whenever \fIkeyseq\fP is
6054 entered.
6055 .PD
6056 .PP
6057 The return value is 0 unless an unrecognized option is given or an
6058 error occurred.
6059 .RE
6060 .TP
6061 \fBbreak\fP [\fIn\fP]
6062 Exit from within a
6063 .BR for ,
6064 .BR while ,
6065 .BR until ,
6066 or
6067 .B select
6068 loop. If \fIn\fP is specified, break \fIn\fP levels.
6069 .I n
6070 must be \(>= 1. If
6071 .I n
6072 is greater than the number of enclosing loops, all enclosing loops
6073 are exited. The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing
6074 a loop when
6075 .B break
6076 is executed.
6077 .TP
6078 \fBbuiltin\fP \fIshell\-builtin\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
6079 Execute the specified shell builtin, passing it
6080 .IR arguments ,
6081 and return its exit status.
6082 This is useful when defining a
6083 function whose name is the same as a shell builtin,
6084 retaining the functionality of the builtin within the function.
6085 The \fBcd\fP builtin is commonly redefined this way.
6086 The return status is false if
6087 .I shell\-builtin
6088 is not a shell builtin command.
6089 .TP
6090 \fBcd\fP [\fB\-L|-P\fP] [\fIdir\fP]
6091 Change the current directory to \fIdir\fP. The variable
6092 .SM
6093 .B HOME
6094 is the
6095 default
6096 .IR dir .
6097 The variable
6098 .SM
6099 .B CDPATH
6100 defines the search path for the directory containing
6101 .IR dir .
6102 Alternative directory names in
6103 .SM
6104 .B CDPATH
6105 are separated by a colon (:). A null directory name in
6106 .SM
6107 .B CDPATH
6108 is the same as the current directory, i.e., ``\fB.\fP''. If
6109 .I dir
6110 begins with a slash (/),
6111 then
6112 .SM
6113 .B CDPATH
6114 is not used. The
6115 .B \-P
6116 option says to use the physical directory structure instead of
6117 following symbolic links (see also the
6118 .B \-P
6119 option to the
6120 .B set
6121 builtin command); the
6122 .B \-L
6123 option forces symbolic links to be followed. An argument of
6124 .B \-
6125 is equivalent to
6126 .SM
6127 .BR $OLDPWD .
6128 If a non-empty directory name from \fBCDPATH\fP is used, or if
6129 \fB\-\fP is the first argument, and the directory change is
6130 successful, the absolute pathname of the new working directory is
6131 written to the standard output.
6132 The return value is true if the directory was successfully changed;
6133 false otherwise.
6134 .TP
6135 \fBcaller\fP [\fIexpr\fP]
6136 Returns the context of any active subroutine call (a shell function or
6137 a script executed with the \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins.
6138 Without \fIexpr\fP, \fBcaller\fP displays the line number and source
6139 filename of the current subroutine call.
6140 If a non-negative integer is supplied as \fIexpr\fP, \fBcaller\fP
6141 displays the line number, subroutine name, and source file corresponding
6142 to that position in the current execution call stack. This extra
6143 information may be used, for example, to print a stack trace. The
6144 current frame is frame 0.
6145 The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing a subroutine
6146 call or \fIexpr\fP does not correspond to a valid position in the
6147 call stack.
6148 .TP
6149 \fBcommand\fP [\fB\-pVv\fP] \fIcommand\fP [\fIarg\fP ...]
6150 Run
6151 .I command
6152 with
6153 .I args
6154 suppressing the normal shell function lookup. Only builtin
6155 commands or commands found in the
6156 .SM
6157 .B PATH
6158 are executed. If the
6159 .B \-p
6160 option is given, the search for
6161 .I command
6162 is performed using a default value for
6163 .B PATH
6164 that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities.
6165 If either the
6166 .B \-V
6167 or
6168 .B \-v
6169 option is supplied, a description of
6170 .I command
6171 is printed. The
6172 .B \-v
6173 option causes a single word indicating the command or file name
6174 used to invoke
6175 .I command
6176 to be displayed; the
6177 .B \-V
6178 option produces a more verbose description.
6179 If the
6180 .B \-V
6181 or
6182 .B \-v
6183 option is supplied, the exit status is 0 if
6184 .I command
6185 was found, and 1 if not. If neither option is supplied and
6186 an error occurred or
6187 .I command
6188 cannot be found, the exit status is 127. Otherwise, the exit status of the
6189 .B command
6190 builtin is the exit status of
6191 .IR command .
6192 .TP
6193 \fBcompgen\fP [\fIoption\fP] [\fIword\fP]
6194 Generate possible completion matches for \fIword\fP according to
6195 the \fIoption\fPs, which may be any option accepted by the
6196 .B complete
6197 builtin with the exception of \fB\-p\fP and \fB\-r\fP, and write
6198 the matches to the standard output.
6199 When using the \fB\-F\fP or \fB\-C\fP options, the various shell variables
6200 set by the programmable completion facilities, while available, will not
6201 have useful values.
6202 .sp 1
6203 The matches will be generated in the same way as if the programmable
6204 completion code had generated them directly from a completion specification
6205 with the same flags.
6206 If \fIword\fP is specified, only those completions matching \fIword\fP
6207 will be displayed.
6208 .sp 1
6209 The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, or no
6210 matches were generated.
6211 .TP
6212 \fBcomplete\fP [\fB\-abcdefgjksuv\fP] [\fB\-o\fP \fIcomp-option\fP] [\fB\-A\fP \fIaction\fP] [\fB\-G\fP \fIglobpat\fP] [\fB\-W\fP \fIwordlist\fP] [\fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP] [\fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP]
6213 .br
6214 [\fB\-X\fP \fIfilterpat\fP] [\fB\-F\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-C\fP \fIcommand\fP] \fIname\fP [\fIname ...\fP]
6215 .PD 0
6216 .TP
6217 \fBcomplete\fP \fB\-pr\fP [\fIname\fP ...]
6218 .PD
6219 Specify how arguments to each \fIname\fP should be completed.
6220 If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied, or if no options are supplied,
6221 existing completion specifications are printed in a way that allows
6222 them to be reused as input.
6223 The \fB\-r\fP option removes a completion specification for
6224 each \fIname\fP, or, if no \fIname\fPs are supplied, all
6225 completion specifications.
6226 .sp 1
6227 The process of applying these completion specifications when word completion
6228 is attempted is described above under \fBProgrammable Completion\fP.
6229 .sp 1
6230 Other options, if specified, have the following meanings.
6231 The arguments to the \fB\-G\fP, \fB\-W\fP, and \fB\-X\fP options
6232 (and, if necessary, the \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-S\fP options)
6233 should be quoted to protect them from expansion before the
6234 .B complete
6235 builtin is invoked.
6236 .RS
6237 .PD 0
6238 .TP 8
6239 \fB\-o\fP \fIcomp-option\fP
6240 The \fIcomp-option\fP controls several aspects of the compspec's behavior
6241 beyond the simple generation of completions.
6242 \fIcomp-option\fP may be one of:
6243 .RS
6244 .TP 8
6245 .B bashdefault
6246 Perform the rest of the default \fBbash\fP completions if the compspec
6247 generates no matches.
6248 .TP 8
6249 .B default
6250 Use readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates
6251 no matches.
6252 .TP 8
6253 .B dirnames
6254 Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches.
6255 .TP 8
6256 .B filenames
6257 Tell readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any
6258 filename\-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names or
6259 suppressing trailing spaces). Intended to be used with shell functions.
6260 .TP 8
6261 .B nospace
6262 Tell readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at
6263 the end of the line.
6264 .TP 8
6265 .B plusdirs
6266 After any matches defined by the compspec are generated,
6267 directory name completion is attempted and any
6268 matches are added to the results of the other actions.
6269 .RE
6270 .TP 8
6271 \fB\-A\fP \fIaction\fP
6272 The \fIaction\fP may be one of the following to generate a list of possible
6273 completions:
6274 .RS
6275 .TP 8
6276 .B alias
6277 Alias names. May also be specified as \fB\-a\fP.
6278 .TP 8
6279 .B arrayvar
6280 Array variable names.
6281 .TP 8
6282 .B binding
6283 \fBReadline\fP key binding names.
6284 .TP 8
6285 .B builtin
6286 Names of shell builtin commands. May also be specified as \fB\-b\fP.
6287 .TP 8
6288 .B command
6289 Command names. May also be specified as \fB\-c\fP.
6290 .TP 8
6291 .B directory
6292 Directory names. May also be specified as \fB\-d\fP.
6293 .TP 8
6294 .B disabled
6295 Names of disabled shell builtins.
6296 .TP 8
6297 .B enabled
6298 Names of enabled shell builtins.
6299 .TP 8
6300 .B export
6301 Names of exported shell variables. May also be specified as \fB\-e\fP.
6302 .TP 8
6303 .B file
6304 File names. May also be specified as \fB\-f\fP.
6305 .TP 8
6306 .B function
6307 Names of shell functions.
6308 .TP 8
6309 .B group
6310 Group names. May also be specified as \fB\-g\fP.
6311 .TP 8
6312 .B helptopic
6313 Help topics as accepted by the \fBhelp\fP builtin.
6314 .TP 8
6315 .B hostname
6316 Hostnames, as taken from the file specified by the
6317 .SM
6318 .B HOSTFILE
6319 shell variable.
6320 .TP 8
6321 .B job
6322 Job names, if job control is active. May also be specified as \fB\-j\fP.
6323 .TP 8
6324 .B keyword
6325 Shell reserved words. May also be specified as \fB\-k\fP.
6326 .TP 8
6327 .B running
6328 Names of running jobs, if job control is active.
6329 .TP 8
6330 .B service
6331 Service names. May also be specified as \fB\-s\fP.
6332 .TP 8
6333 .B setopt
6334 Valid arguments for the \fB\-o\fP option to the \fBset\fP builtin.
6335 .TP 8
6336 .B shopt
6337 Shell option names as accepted by the \fBshopt\fP builtin.
6338 .TP 8
6339 .B signal
6340 Signal names.
6341 .TP 8
6342 .B stopped
6343 Names of stopped jobs, if job control is active.
6344 .TP 8
6345 .B user
6346 User names. May also be specified as \fB\-u\fP.
6347 .TP 8
6348 .B variable
6349 Names of all shell variables. May also be specified as \fB\-v\fP.
6350 .RE
6351 .TP 8
6352 \fB\-G\fP \fIglobpat\fP
6353 The filename expansion pattern \fIglobpat\fP is expanded to generate
6354 the possible completions.
6355 .TP 8
6356 \fB\-W\fP \fIwordlist\fP
6357 The \fIwordlist\fP is split using the characters in the
6358 .SM
6359 .B IFS
6360 special variable as delimiters, and each resultant word is expanded.
6361 The possible completions are the members of the resultant list which
6362 match the word being completed.
6363 .TP 8
6364 \fB\-C\fP \fIcommand\fP
6365 \fIcommand\fP is executed in a subshell environment, and its output is
6366 used as the possible completions.
6367 .TP 8
6368 \fB\-F\fP \fIfunction\fP
6369 The shell function \fIfunction\fP is executed in the current shell
6370 environment.
6371 When it finishes, the possible completions are retrieved from the value
6372 of the
6373 .SM
6374 .B COMPREPLY
6375 array variable.
6376 .TP 8
6377 \fB\-X\fP \fIfilterpat\fP
6378 \fIfilterpat\fP is a pattern as used for filename expansion.
6379 It is applied to the list of possible completions generated by the
6380 preceding options and arguments, and each completion matching
6381 \fIfilterpat\fP is removed from the list.
6382 A leading \fB!\fP in \fIfilterpat\fP negates the pattern; in this
6383 case, any completion not matching \fIfilterpat\fP is removed.
6384 .TP 8
6385 \fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP
6386 \fIprefix\fP is added at the beginning of each possible completion
6387 after all other options have been applied.
6388 .TP 8
6389 \fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP
6390 \fIsuffix\fP is appended to each possible completion
6391 after all other options have been applied.
6392 .PD
6393 .PP
6394 The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an option
6395 other than \fB\-p\fP or \fB\-r\fP is supplied without a \fIname\fP
6396 argument, an attempt is made to remove a completion specification for
6397 a \fIname\fP for which no specification exists, or
6398 an error occurs adding a completion specification.
6399 .RE
6400 .TP
6401 \fBcontinue\fP [\fIn\fP]
6402 Resume the next iteration of the enclosing
6403 .BR for ,
6404 .BR while ,
6405 .BR until ,
6406 or
6407 .B select
6408 loop.
6409 If
6410 .I n
6411 is specified, resume at the \fIn\fPth enclosing loop.
6412 .I n
6413 must be \(>= 1. If
6414 .I n
6415 is greater than the number of enclosing loops, the last enclosing loop
6416 (the ``top-level'' loop) is resumed. The return value is 0 unless the
6417 shell is not executing a loop when
6418 .B continue
6419 is executed.
6420 .TP
6421 \fBdeclare\fP [\fB\-afFirtx\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...]
6422 .PD 0
6423 .TP
6424 \fBtypeset\fP [\fB\-afFirtx\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...]
6425 .PD
6426 Declare variables and/or give them attributes.
6427 If no \fIname\fPs are given then display the values of variables.
6428 The
6429 .B \-p
6430 option will display the attributes and values of each
6431 .IR name .
6432 When
6433 .B \-p
6434 is used, additional options are ignored.
6435 The
6436 .B \-F
6437 option inhibits the display of function definitions; only the
6438 function name and attributes are printed.
6439 If the \fBextdebug\fP shell option is enabled using \fBshopt\fP,
6440 the source file name and line number where the function is defined
6441 are displayed as well. The
6442 .B \-F
6443 option implies
6444 .BR \-f .
6445 The following options can
6446 be used to restrict output to variables with the specified attribute or
6447 to give variables attributes:
6448 .RS
6449 .PD 0
6450 .TP
6451 .B \-a
6452 Each \fIname\fP is an array variable (see
6453 .B Arrays
6454 above).
6455 .TP
6456 .B \-f
6457 Use function names only.
6458 .TP
6459 .B \-i
6460 The variable is treated as an integer; arithmetic evaluation (see
6461 .SM
6462 .B "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" ") "
6463 is performed when the variable is assigned a value.
6464 .TP
6465 .B \-r
6466 Make \fIname\fPs readonly. These names cannot then be assigned values
6467 by subsequent assignment statements or unset.
6468 .TP
6469 .B \-t
6470 Give each \fIname\fP the \fItrace\fP attribute.
6471 Traced functions inherit the \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps from
6472 the calling shell.
6473 The trace attribute has no special meaning for variables.
6474 .TP
6475 .B \-x
6476 Mark \fIname\fPs for export to subsequent commands via the environment.
6477 .PD
6478 .PP
6479 Using `+' instead of `\-'
6480 turns off the attribute instead, with the exception that \fB+a\fP
6481 may not be used to destroy an array variable. When used in a function,
6482 makes each
6483 \fIname\fP local, as with the
6484 .B local
6485 command.
6486 If a variable name is followed by =\fIvalue\fP, the value of
6487 the variable is set to \fIvalue\fP.
6488 The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered,
6489 an attempt is made to define a function using
6490 .if n ``\-f foo=bar'',
6491 .if t \f(CW\-f foo=bar\fP,
6492 an attempt is made to assign a value to a readonly variable,
6493 an attempt is made to assign a value to an array variable without
6494 using the compound assignment syntax (see
6495 .B Arrays
6496 above), one of the \fInames\fP is not a valid shell variable name,
6497 an attempt is made to turn off readonly status for a readonly variable,
6498 an attempt is made to turn off array status for an array variable,
6499 or an attempt is made to display a non-existent function with \fB\-f\fP.
6500 .RE
6501 .TP
6502 .B dirs [\fB\-clpv\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP]
6503 Without options, displays the list of currently remembered directories.
6504 The default display is on a single line with directory names separated
6505 by spaces.
6506 Directories are added to the list with the
6507 .B pushd
6508 command; the
6509 .B popd
6510 command removes entries from the list.
6511 .RS
6512 .PD 0
6513 .TP
6514 \fB+\fP\fIn\fP
6515 Displays the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the left of the list
6516 shown by
6517 .B dirs
6518 when invoked without options, starting with zero.
6519 .TP
6520 \fB\-\fP\fIn\fP
6521 Displays the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the right of the list
6522 shown by
6523 .B dirs
6524 when invoked without options, starting with zero.
6525 .TP
6526 .B \-c
6527 Clears the directory stack by deleting all of the entries.
6528 .TP
6529 .B \-l
6530 Produces a longer listing; the default listing format uses a
6531 tilde to denote the home directory.
6532 .TP
6533 .B \-p
6534 Print the directory stack with one entry per line.
6535 .TP
6536 .B \-v
6537 Print the directory stack with one entry per line,
6538 prefixing each entry with its index in the stack.
6539 .PD
6540 .PP
6541 The return value is 0 unless an
6542 invalid option is supplied or \fIn\fP indexes beyond the end
6543 of the directory stack.
6544 .RE
6545 .TP
6546 \fBdisown\fP [\fB\-ar\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fIjobspec\fP ...]
6547 Without options, each
6548 .I jobspec
6549 is removed from the table of active jobs.
6550 If the \fB\-h\fP option is given, each
6551 .I jobspec
6552 is not removed from the table, but is marked so that
6553 .SM
6554 .B SIGHUP
6555 is not sent to the job if the shell receives a
6556 .SM
6557 .BR SIGHUP .
6558 If no
6559 .I jobspec
6560 is present, and neither the
6561 .B \-a
6562 nor the
6563 .B \-r
6564 option is supplied, the \fIcurrent job\fP is used.
6565 If no
6566 .I jobspec
6567 is supplied, the
6568 .B \-a
6569 option means to remove or mark all jobs; the
6570 .B \-r
6571 option without a
6572 .I jobspec
6573 argument restricts operation to running jobs.
6574 The return value is 0 unless a
6575 .I jobspec
6576 does not specify a valid job.
6577 .TP
6578 \fBecho\fP [\fB\-neE\fP] [\fIarg\fP ...]
6579 Output the \fIarg\fPs, separated by spaces, followed by a newline.
6580 The return status is always 0.
6581 If \fB\-n\fP is specified, the trailing newline is
6582 suppressed. If the \fB\-e\fP option is given, interpretation of
6583 the following backslash-escaped characters is enabled. The
6584 .B \-E
6585 option disables the interpretation of these escape characters,
6586 even on systems where they are interpreted by default.
6587 The \fBxpg_echo\fP shell option may be used to
6588 dynamically determine whether or not \fBecho\fP expands these
6589 escape characters by default.
6590 .B echo
6591 does not interpret \fB\-\-\fP to mean the end of options.
6592 .B echo
6593 interprets the following escape sequences:
6594 .RS
6595 .PD 0
6596 .TP
6597 .B \ea
6598 alert (bell)
6599 .TP
6600 .B \eb
6601 backspace
6602 .TP
6603 .B \ec
6604 suppress trailing newline
6605 .TP
6606 .B \ee
6607 an escape character
6608 .TP
6609 .B \ef
6610 form feed
6611 .TP
6612 .B \en
6613 new line
6614 .TP
6615 .B \er
6616 carriage return
6617 .TP
6618 .B \et
6619 horizontal tab
6620 .TP
6621 .B \ev
6622 vertical tab
6623 .TP
6624 .B \e\e
6625 backslash
6626 .TP
6627 .B \e0\fInnn\fP
6628 the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP
6629 (zero to three octal digits)
6630 .TP
6631 .B \e\fInnn\fP
6632 the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP
6633 (one to three octal digits)
6634 .TP
6635 .B \ex\fIHH\fP
6636 the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP
6637 (one or two hex digits)
6638 .PD
6639 .RE
6640 .TP
6641 \fBenable\fP [\fB\-adnps\fP] [\fB\-f\fP \fIfilename\fP] [\fIname\fP ...]
6642 Enable and disable builtin shell commands.
6643 Disabling a builtin allows a disk command which has the same name
6644 as a shell builtin to be executed without specifying a full pathname,
6645 even though the shell normally searches for builtins before disk commands.
6646 If \fB\-n\fP is used, each \fIname\fP
6647 is disabled; otherwise,
6648 \fInames\fP are enabled. For example, to use the
6649 .B test
6650 binary found via the
6651 .SM
6652 .B PATH
6653 instead of the shell builtin version, run
6654 .if t \f(CWenable -n test\fP.
6655 .if n ``enable -n test''.
6656 The
6657 .B \-f
6658 option means to load the new builtin command
6659 .I name
6660 from shared object
6661 .IR filename ,
6662 on systems that support dynamic loading. The
6663 .B \-d
6664 option will delete a builtin previously loaded with
6665 .BR \-f .
6666 If no \fIname\fP arguments are given, or if the
6667 .B \-p
6668 option is supplied, a list of shell builtins is printed.
6669 With no other option arguments, the list consists of all enabled
6670 shell builtins.
6671 If \fB\-n\fP is supplied, only disabled builtins are printed.
6672 If \fB\-a\fP is supplied, the list printed includes all builtins, with an
6673 indication of whether or not each is enabled.
6674 If \fB\-s\fP is supplied, the output is restricted to the POSIX
6675 \fIspecial\fP builtins.
6676 The return value is 0 unless a
6677 .I name
6678 is not a shell builtin or there is an error loading a new builtin
6679 from a shared object.
6680 .TP
6681 \fBeval\fP [\fIarg\fP ...]
6682 The \fIarg\fPs are read and concatenated together into a single
6683 command. This command is then read and executed by the shell, and
6684 its exit status is returned as the value of
6685 .BR eval .
6686 If there are no
6687 .IR args ,
6688 or only null arguments,
6689 .B eval
6690 returns 0.
6691 .TP
6692 \fBexec\fP [\fB\-cl\fP] [\fB\-a\fP \fIname\fP] [\fIcommand\fP [\fIarguments\fP]]
6693 If
6694 .I command
6695 is specified, it replaces the shell.
6696 No new process is created. The
6697 .I arguments
6698 become the arguments to \fIcommand\fP.
6699 If the
6700 .B \-l
6701 option is supplied,
6702 the shell places a dash at the beginning of the zeroth arg passed to
6703 .IR command .
6704 This is what
6705 .IR login (1)
6706 does. The
6707 .B \-c
6708 option causes
6709 .I command
6710 to be executed with an empty environment. If
6711 .B \-a
6712 is supplied, the shell passes
6713 .I name
6714 as the zeroth argument to the executed command. If
6715 .I command
6716 cannot be executed for some reason, a non-interactive shell exits,
6717 unless the shell option
6718 .B execfail
6719 is enabled, in which case it returns failure.
6720 An interactive shell returns failure if the file cannot be executed.
6721 If
6722 .I command
6723 is not specified, any redirections take effect in the current shell,
6724 and the return status is 0. If there is a redirection error, the
6725 return status is 1.
6726 .TP
6727 \fBexit\fP [\fIn\fP]
6728 Cause the shell to exit
6729 with a status of \fIn\fP. If
6730 .I n
6731 is omitted, the exit status
6732 is that of the last command executed.
6733 A trap on
6734 .SM
6735 .B EXIT
6736 is executed before the shell terminates.
6737 .TP
6738 \fBexport\fP [\fB\-fn\fP\^] [\fIname\fP[=\fIword\fP]] ...
6739 .PD 0
6740 .TP
6741 .B export \-p
6742 .PD
6743 The supplied
6744 .I names
6745 are marked for automatic export to the environment of
6746 subsequently executed commands. If the
6747 .B \-f
6748 option is given,
6749 the
6750 .I names
6751 refer to functions.
6752 If no
6753 .I names
6754 are given, or if the
6755 .B \-p
6756 option is supplied, a list
6757 of all names that are exported in this shell is printed.
6758 The
6759 .B \-n
6760 option causes the export property to be removed from each
6761 \fIname\fP.
6762 If a variable name is followed by =\fIword\fP, the value of
6763 the variable is set to \fIword\fP.
6764 .B export
6765 returns an exit status of 0 unless an invalid option is
6766 encountered,
6767 one of the \fInames\fP is not a valid shell variable name, or
6768 .B \-f
6769 is supplied with a
6770 .I name
6771 that is not a function.
6772 .TP
6773 \fBfc\fP [\fB\-e\fP \fIename\fP] [\fB\-nlr\fP] [\fIfirst\fP] [\fIlast\fP]
6774 .PD 0
6775 .TP
6776 \fBfc\fP \fB\-s\fP [\fIpat\fP=\fIrep\fP] [\fIcmd\fP]
6777 .PD
6778 Fix Command. In the first form, a range of commands from
6779 .I first
6780 to
6781 .I last
6782 is selected from the history list.
6783 .I First
6784 and
6785 .I last
6786 may be specified as a string (to locate the last command beginning
6787 with that string) or as a number (an index into the history list,
6788 where a negative number is used as an offset from the current
6789 command number). If
6790 .I last
6791 is not specified it is set to
6792 the current command for listing (so that
6793 .if n ``fc \-l \-10''
6794 .if t \f(CWfc \-l \-10\fP
6795 prints the last 10 commands) and to
6796 .I first
6797 otherwise.
6798 If
6799 .I first
6800 is not specified it is set to the previous
6801 command for editing and \-16 for listing.
6802 .sp 1
6803 The
6804 .B \-n
6805 option suppresses
6806 the command numbers when listing. The
6807 .B \-r
6808 option reverses the order of
6809 the commands. If the
6810 .B \-l
6811 option is given,
6812 the commands are listed on
6813 standard output. Otherwise, the editor given by
6814 .I ename
6815 is invoked
6816 on a file containing those commands. If
6817 .I ename
6818 is not given, the
6819 value of the
6820 .SM
6821 .B FCEDIT
6822 variable is used, and
6823 the value of
6824 .SM
6825 .B EDITOR
6826 if
6827 .SM
6828 .B FCEDIT
6829 is not set. If neither variable is set,
6830 .FN vi
6831 is used. When editing is complete, the edited commands are
6832 echoed and executed.
6833 .sp 1
6834 In the second form, \fIcommand\fP is re-executed after each instance
6835 of \fIpat\fP is replaced by \fIrep\fP.
6836 A useful alias to use with this is
6837 .if n ``r="fc -s"'',
6838 .if t \f(CWr='fc \-s'\fP,
6839 so that typing
6840 .if n ``r cc''
6841 .if t \f(CWr cc\fP
6842 runs the last command beginning with
6843 .if n ``cc''
6844 .if t \f(CWcc\fP
6845 and typing
6846 .if n ``r''
6847 .if t \f(CWr\fP
6848 re-executes the last command.
6849 .sp 1
6850 If the first form is used, the return value is 0 unless an invalid
6851 option is encountered or
6852 .I first
6853 or
6854 .I last
6855 specify history lines out of range.
6856 If the
6857 .B \-e
6858 option is supplied, the return value is the value of the last
6859 command executed or failure if an error occurs with the temporary
6860 file of commands. If the second form is used, the return status
6861 is that of the command re-executed, unless
6862 .I cmd
6863 does not specify a valid history line, in which case
6864 .B fc
6865 returns failure.
6866 .TP
6867 \fBfg\fP [\fIjobspec\fP]
6868 Resume
6869 .I jobspec
6870 in the foreground, and make it the current job.
6871 If
6872 .I jobspec
6873 is not present, the shell's notion of the \fIcurrent job\fP is used.
6874 The return value is that of the command placed into the foreground,
6875 or failure if run when job control is disabled or, when run with
6876 job control enabled, if
6877 .I jobspec
6878 does not specify a valid job or
6879 .I jobspec
6880 specifies a job that was started without job control.
6881 .TP
6882 \fBgetopts\fP \fIoptstring\fP \fIname\fP [\fIargs\fP]
6883 .B getopts
6884 is used by shell procedures to parse positional parameters.
6885 .I optstring
6886 contains the option characters to be recognized; if a character
6887 is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an
6888 argument, which should be separated from it by white space.
6889 The colon and question mark characters may not be used as
6890 option characters.
6891 Each time it is invoked,
6892 .B getopts
6893 places the next option in the shell variable
6894 .IR name ,
6895 initializing
6896 .I name
6897 if it does not exist,
6898 and the index of the next argument to be processed into the
6899 variable
6900 .SM
6901 .BR OPTIND .
6902 .SM
6903 .B OPTIND
6904 is initialized to 1 each time the shell or a shell script
6905 is invoked. When an option requires an argument,
6906 .B getopts
6907 places that argument into the variable
6908 .SM
6909 .BR OPTARG .
6910 The shell does not reset
6911 .SM
6912 .B OPTIND
6913 automatically; it must be manually reset between multiple
6914 calls to
6915 .B getopts
6916 within the same shell invocation if a new set of parameters
6917 is to be used.
6918 .sp 1
6919 When the end of options is encountered, \fBgetopts\fP exits with a
6920 return value greater than zero.
6921 \fBOPTIND\fP is set to the index of the first non-option argument,
6922 and \fBname\fP is set to ?.
6923 .sp 1
6924 .B getopts
6925 normally parses the positional parameters, but if more arguments are
6926 given in
6927 .IR args ,
6928 .B getopts
6929 parses those instead.
6930 .sp 1
6931 .B getopts
6932 can report errors in two ways. If the first character of
6933 .I optstring
6934 is a colon,
6935 .I silent
6936 error reporting is used. In normal operation diagnostic messages
6937 are printed when invalid options or missing option arguments are
6938 encountered.
6939 If the variable
6940 .SM
6941 .B OPTERR
6942 is set to 0, no error messages will be displayed, even if the first
6943 character of
6944 .I optstring
6945 is not a colon.
6946 .sp 1
6947 If an invalid option is seen,
6948 .B getopts
6949 places ? into
6950 .I name
6951 and, if not silent,
6952 prints an error message and unsets
6953 .SM
6954 .BR OPTARG .
6955 If
6956 .B getopts
6957 is silent,
6958 the option character found is placed in
6959 .SM
6960 .B OPTARG
6961 and no diagnostic message is printed.
6962 .sp 1
6963 If a required argument is not found, and
6964 .B getopts
6965 is not silent,
6966 a question mark (\^\fB?\fP\^) is placed in
6967 .IR name ,
6968 .SM
6969 .B OPTARG
6970 is unset, and a diagnostic message is printed.
6971 If
6972 .B getopts
6973 is silent, then a colon (\^\fB:\fP\^) is placed in
6974 .I name
6975 and
6976 .SM
6977 .B OPTARG
6978 is set to the option character found.
6979 .sp 1
6980 .B getopts
6981 returns true if an option, specified or unspecified, is found.
6982 It returns false if the end of options is encountered or an
6983 error occurs.
6984 .TP
6985 \fBhash\fP [\fB\-lr\fP] [\fB\-p\fP \fIfilename\fP] [\fB\-dt\fP] [\fIname\fP]
6986 For each
6987 .IR name ,
6988 the full file name of the command is determined by searching
6989 the directories in
6990 .B $PATH
6991 and remembered.
6992 If the
6993 .B \-p
6994 option is supplied, no path search is performed, and
6995 .I filename
6996 is used as the full file name of the command.
6997 The
6998 .B \-r
6999 option causes the shell to forget all
7000 remembered locations.
7001 The
7002 .B \-d
7003 option causes the shell to forget the remembered location of each \fIname\fP.
7004 If the
7005 .B \-t
7006 option is supplied, the full pathname to which each \fIname\fP corresponds
7007 is printed. If multiple \fIname\fP arguments are supplied with \fB\-t\fP,
7008 the \fIname\fP is printed before the hashed full pathname.
7009 The
7010 .B \-l
7011 option causes output to be displayed in a format that may be reused as input.
7012 If no arguments are given, or if only \fB\-l\fP is supplied,
7013 information about remembered commands is printed.
7014 The return status is true unless a
7015 .I name
7016 is not found or an invalid option is supplied.
7017 .TP
7018 \fBhelp\fP [\fB\-s\fP] [\fIpattern\fP]
7019 Display helpful information about builtin commands. If
7020 .I pattern
7021 is specified,
7022 .B help
7023 gives detailed help on all commands matching
7024 .IR pattern ;
7025 otherwise help for all the builtins and shell control structures
7026 is printed.
7027 The \fB\-s\fP option restricts the information displayed to a short
7028 usage synopsis.
7029 The return status is 0 unless no command matches
7030 .IR pattern .
7031 .TP
7032 \fBhistory [\fIn\fP]
7033 .PD 0
7034 .TP
7035 \fBhistory\fP \fB\-c\fP
7036 .TP
7037 \fBhistory \-d\fP \fIoffset\fP
7038 .TP
7039 \fBhistory\fP \fB\-anrw\fP [\fIfilename\fP]
7040 .TP
7041 \fBhistory\fP \fB\-p\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg ...\fP]
7042 .TP
7043 \fBhistory\fP \fB\-s\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg ...\fP]
7044 .PD
7045 With no options, display the command
7046 history list with line numbers. Lines listed
7047 with a
7048 .B *
7049 have been modified. An argument of
7050 .I n
7051 lists only the last
7052 .I n
7053 lines.
7054 If the shell variable \fBHISTTIMEFORMAT\fP is set and not null,
7055 it is used as a format string for \fIstrftime\fP(3) to display
7056 the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry.
7057 No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp
7058 and the history line.
7059 If \fIfilename\fP is supplied, it is used as the
7060 name of the history file; if not, the value of
7061 .SM
7062 .B HISTFILE
7063 is used. Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
7064 .RS
7065 .PD 0
7066 .TP
7067 .B \-c
7068 Clear the history list by deleting all the entries.
7069 .TP
7070 \fB\-d\fP \fIoffset\fP
7071 Delete the history entry at position \fIoffset\fP.
7072 .TP
7073 .B \-a
7074 Append the ``new'' history lines (history lines entered since the
7075 beginning of the current \fBbash\fP session) to the history file.
7076 .TP
7077 .B \-n
7078 Read the history lines not already read from the history
7079 file into the current history list. These are lines
7080 appended to the history file since the beginning of the
7081 current \fBbash\fP session.
7082 .TP
7083 .B \-r
7084 Read the contents of the history file
7085 and use them as the current history.
7086 .TP
7087 .B \-w
7088 Write the current history to the history file, overwriting the
7089 history file's contents.
7090 .TP
7091 .B \-p
7092 Perform history substitution on the following \fIargs\fP and display
7093 the result on the standard output.
7094 Does not store the results in the history list.
7095 Each \fIarg\fP must be quoted to disable normal history expansion.
7096 .TP
7097 .B \-s
7098 Store the
7099 .I args
7100 in the history list as a single entry. The last command in the
7101 history list is removed before the
7102 .I args
7103 are added.
7104 .PD
7105 .PP
7106 If the \fBHISTTIMEFORMAT\fP is set, the time stamp information
7107 associated with each history entry is written to the history file.
7108 The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, an
7109 error occurs while reading or writing the history file, an invalid
7110 \fIoffset\fP is supplied as an argument to \fB\-d\fP, or the
7111 history expansion supplied as an argument to \fB\-p\fP fails.
7112 .RE
7113 .TP
7114 \fBjobs\fP [\fB\-lnprs\fP] [ \fIjobspec\fP ... ]
7115 .PD 0
7116 .TP
7117 \fBjobs\fP \fB\-x\fP \fIcommand\fP [ \fIargs\fP ... ]
7118 .PD
7119 The first form lists the active jobs. The options have the following
7120 meanings:
7121 .RS
7122 .PD 0
7123 .TP
7124 .B \-l
7125 List process IDs
7126 in addition to the normal information.
7127 .TP
7128 .B \-p
7129 List only the process ID of the job's process group
7130 leader.
7131 .TP
7132 .B \-n
7133 Display information only about jobs that have changed status since
7134 the user was last notified of their status.
7135 .TP
7136 .B \-r
7137 Restrict output to running jobs.
7138 .TP
7139 .B \-s
7140 Restrict output to stopped jobs.
7141 .PD
7142 .PP
7143 If
7144 .I jobspec
7145 is given, output is restricted to information about that job.
7146 The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered
7147 or an invalid
7148 .I jobspec
7149 is supplied.
7150 .PP
7151 If the
7152 .B \-x
7153 option is supplied,
7154 .B jobs
7155 replaces any
7156 .I jobspec
7157 found in
7158 .I command
7159 or
7160 .I args
7161 with the corresponding process group ID, and executes
7162 .I command
7163 passing it
7164 .IR args ,
7165 returning its exit status.
7166 .RE
7167 .TP
7168 \fBkill\fP [\fB\-s\fP \fIsigspec\fP | \fB\-n\fP \fIsignum\fP | \fB\-\fP\fIsigspec\fP] [\fIpid\fP | \fIjobspec\fP] ...
7169 .PD 0
7170 .TP
7171 \fBkill\fP \fB\-l\fP [\fIsigspec\fP | \fIexit_status\fP]
7172 .PD
7173 Send the signal named by
7174 .I sigspec
7175 or
7176 .I signum
7177 to the processes named by
7178 .I pid
7179 or
7180 .IR jobspec .
7181 .I sigspec
7182 is either a case-insensitive signal name such as
7183 .SM
7184 .B SIGKILL
7185 (with or without the
7186 .SM
7187 .B SIG
7188 prefix) or a signal number;
7189 .I signum
7190 is a signal number.
7191 If
7192 .I sigspec
7193 is not present, then
7194 .SM
7195 .B SIGTERM
7196 is assumed.
7197 An argument of
7198 .B \-l
7199 lists the signal names.
7200 If any arguments are supplied when
7201 .B \-l
7202 is given, the names of the signals corresponding to the arguments are
7203 listed, and the return status is 0.
7204 The \fIexit_status\fP argument to
7205 .B \-l
7206 is a number specifying either a signal number or the exit status of
7207 a process terminated by a signal.
7208 .B kill
7209 returns true if at least one signal was successfully sent, or false
7210 if an error occurs or an invalid option is encountered.
7211 .TP
7212 \fBlet\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg\fP ...]
7213 Each
7214 .I arg
7215 is an arithmetic expression to be evaluated (see
7216 .SM
7217 .BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" ).
7218 If the last
7219 .I arg
7220 evaluates to 0,
7221 .B let
7222 returns 1; 0 is returned otherwise.
7223 .TP
7224 \fBlocal\fP [\fIoption\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...]
7225 For each argument, a local variable named
7226 .I name
7227 is created, and assigned
7228 .IR value .
7229 The \fIoption\fP can be any of the options accepted by \fBdeclare\fP.
7230 When
7231 .B local
7232 is used within a function, it causes the variable
7233 .I name
7234 to have a visible scope restricted to that function and its children.
7235 With no operands,
7236 .B local
7237 writes a list of local variables to the standard output. It is
7238 an error to use
7239 .B local
7240 when not within a function. The return status is 0 unless
7241 .B local
7242 is used outside a function, an invalid
7243 .I name
7244 is supplied, or
7245 \fIname\fP is a readonly variable.
7246 .TP
7247 .B logout
7248 Exit a login shell.
7249 .TP
7250 \fBpopd\fP [\-\fBn\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP]
7251 Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments,
7252 removes the top directory from the stack, and performs a
7253 .B cd
7254 to the new top directory.
7255 Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings:
7256 .RS
7257 .PD 0
7258 .TP
7259 \fB+\fP\fIn\fP
7260 Removes the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the left of the list
7261 shown by
7262 .BR dirs ,
7263 starting with zero. For example:
7264 .if n ``popd +0''
7265 .if t \f(CWpopd +0\fP
7266 removes the first directory,
7267 .if n ``popd +1''
7268 .if t \f(CWpopd +1\fP
7269 the second.
7270 .TP
7271 \fB\-\fP\fIn\fP
7272 Removes the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the right of the list
7273 shown by
7274 .BR dirs ,
7275 starting with zero. For example:
7276 .if n ``popd -0''
7277 .if t \f(CWpopd -0\fP
7278 removes the last directory,
7279 .if n ``popd -1''
7280 .if t \f(CWpopd -1\fP
7281 the next to last.
7282 .TP
7283 .B \-n
7284 Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories
7285 from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated.
7286 .PD
7287 .PP
7288 If the
7289 .B popd
7290 command is successful, a
7291 .B dirs
7292 is performed as well, and the return status is 0.
7293 .B popd
7294 returns false if an invalid option is encountered, the directory stack
7295 is empty, a non-existent directory stack entry is specified, or the
7296 directory change fails.
7297 .RE
7298 .TP
7299 \fBprintf\fP [\fB\-v\fP \fIvar\fP] \fIformat\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
7300 Write the formatted \fIarguments\fP to the standard output under the
7301 control of the \fIformat\fP.
7302 The \fIformat\fP is a character string which contains three types of objects:
7303 plain characters, which are simply copied to standard output, character
7304 escape sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output, and
7305 format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive
7306 \fIargument\fP.
7307 In addition to the standard \fIprintf\fP(1) formats, \fB%b\fP causes
7308 \fBprintf\fP to expand backslash escape sequences in the corresponding
7309 \fIargument\fP (except that \fB\ec\fP terminates output, backslashes in
7310 \fB\e'\fP, \fB\e"\fP, and \fB\e?\fP are not removed, and octal escapes
7311 beginning with \fB\e0\fP may contain up to four digits),
7312 and \fB%q\fP causes \fBprintf\fP to output the corresponding
7313 \fIargument\fP in a format that can be reused as shell input.
7314 .sp 1
7315 The \fB\-v\fP option causes the output to be assigned to the variable
7316 \fIvar\fP rather than being printed to the standard output.
7317 .sp 1
7318 The \fIformat\fP is reused as necessary to consume all of the \fIarguments\fP.
7319 If the \fIformat\fP requires more \fIarguments\fP than are supplied, the
7320 extra format specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as
7321 appropriate, had been supplied. The return value is zero on success,
7322 non-zero on failure.
7323 .TP
7324 \fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [\fIdir\fP]
7325 .PD 0
7326 .TP
7327 \fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP]
7328 .PD
7329 Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates
7330 the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working
7331 directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories
7332 and returns 0, unless the directory stack is empty.
7333 Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings:
7334 .RS
7335 .PD 0
7336 .TP
7337 \fB+\fP\fIn\fP
7338 Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory
7339 (counting from the left of the list shown by
7340 .BR dirs ,
7341 starting with zero)
7342 is at the top.
7343 .TP
7344 \fB\-\fP\fIn\fP
7345 Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory
7346 (counting from the right of the list shown by
7347 .BR dirs ,
7348 starting with zero) is at the top.
7349 .TP
7350 .B \-n
7351 Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories
7352 to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated.
7353 .TP
7354 .I dir
7355 Adds
7356 .I dir
7357 to the directory stack at the top, making it the
7358 new current working directory.
7359 .PD
7360 .PP
7361 If the
7362 .B pushd
7363 command is successful, a
7364 .B dirs
7365 is performed as well.
7366 If the first form is used,
7367 .B pushd
7368 returns 0 unless the cd to
7369 .I dir
7370 fails. With the second form,
7371 .B pushd
7372 returns 0 unless the directory stack is empty,
7373 a non-existent directory stack element is specified,
7374 or the directory change to the specified new current directory
7375 fails.
7376 .RE
7377 .TP
7378 \fBpwd\fP [\fB\-LP\fP]
7379 Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory.
7380 The pathname printed contains no symbolic links if the
7381 .B \-P
7382 option is supplied or the
7383 .B \-o physical
7384 option to the
7385 .B set
7386 builtin command is enabled.
7387 If the
7388 .B \-L
7389 option is used, the pathname printed may contain symbolic links.
7390 The return status is 0 unless an error occurs while
7391 reading the name of the current directory or an
7392 invalid option is supplied.
7393 .TP
7394 \fBread\fP [\fB\-ers\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfd\fP] [\fB\-t\fP \fItimeout\fP] [\fB\-a\fP \fIaname\fP] [\fB\-p\fP \fIprompt\fP] [\fB\-n\fP \fInchars\fP] [\fB\-d\fP \fIdelim\fP] [\fIname\fP ...]
7395 One line is read from the standard input, or from the file descriptor
7396 \fIfd\fP supplied as an argument to the \fB\-u\fP option, and the first word
7397 is assigned to the first
7398 .IR name ,
7399 the second word to the second
7400 .IR name ,
7401 and so on, with leftover words and their intervening separators assigned
7402 to the last
7403 .IR name .
7404 If there are fewer words read from the input stream than names,
7405 the remaining names are assigned empty values.
7406 The characters in
7407 .SM
7408 .B IFS
7409 are used to split the line into words.
7410 The backslash character (\fB\e\fP) may be used to remove any special
7411 meaning for the next character read and for line continuation.
7412 Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
7413 .RS
7414 .PD 0
7415 .TP
7416 .B \-a \fIaname\fP
7417 The words are assigned to sequential indices
7418 of the array variable
7419 .IR aname ,
7420 starting at 0.
7421 .I aname
7422 is unset before any new values are assigned.
7423 Other \fIname\fP arguments are ignored.
7424 .TP
7425 .B \-d \fIdelim\fP
7426 The first character of \fIdelim\fP is used to terminate the input line,
7427 rather than newline.
7428 .TP
7429 .B \-e
7430 If the standard input
7431 is coming from a terminal,
7432 .B readline
7433 (see
7434 .SM
7435 .B READLINE
7436 above) is used to obtain the line.
7437 .TP
7438 .B \-n \fInchars\fP
7439 \fBread\fP returns after reading \fInchars\fP characters rather than
7440 waiting for a complete line of input.
7441 .TP
7442 .B \-p \fIprompt\fP
7443 Display \fIprompt\fP on standard error, without a
7444 trailing newline, before attempting to read any input. The prompt
7445 is displayed only if input is coming from a terminal.
7446 .TP
7447 .B \-r
7448 Backslash does not act as an escape character.
7449 The backslash is considered to be part of the line.
7450 In particular, a backslash-newline pair may not be used as a line
7451 continuation.
7452 .TP
7453 .B \-s
7454 Silent mode. If input is coming from a terminal, characters are
7455 not echoed.
7456 .TP
7457 .B \-t \fItimeout\fP
7458 Cause \fBread\fP to time out and return failure if a complete line of
7459 input is not read within \fItimeout\fP seconds.
7460 This option has no effect if \fBread\fP is not reading input from the
7461 terminal or a pipe.
7462 .TP
7463 .B \-u \fIfd\fP
7464 Read input from file descriptor \fIfd\fP.
7465 .PD
7466 .PP
7467 If no
7468 .I names
7469 are supplied, the line read is assigned to the variable
7470 .SM
7471 .BR REPLY .
7472 The return code is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered, \fBread\fP
7473 times out, or an invalid file descriptor is supplied as the argument to
7474 \fB\-u\fP.
7475 .RE
7476 .TP
7477 \fBreadonly\fP [\fB\-apf\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIword\fP] ...]
7478 .PD
7479 The given
7480 \fInames\fP are marked readonly; the values of these
7481 .I names
7482 may not be changed by subsequent assignment.
7483 If the
7484 .B \-f
7485 option is supplied, the functions corresponding to the
7486 \fInames\fP are so
7487 marked.
7488 The
7489 .B \-a
7490 option restricts the variables to arrays.
7491 If no
7492 .I name
7493 arguments are given, or if the
7494 .B \-p
7495 option is supplied, a list of all readonly names is printed.
7496 The
7497 .B \-p
7498 option causes output to be displayed in a format that
7499 may be reused as input.
7500 If a variable name is followed by =\fIword\fP, the value of
7501 the variable is set to \fIword\fP.
7502 The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered,
7503 one of the
7504 .I names
7505 is not a valid shell variable name, or
7506 .B \-f
7507 is supplied with a
7508 .I name
7509 that is not a function.
7510 .TP
7511 \fBreturn\fP [\fIn\fP]
7512 Causes a function to exit with the return value specified by
7513 .IR n .
7514 If
7515 .I n
7516 is omitted, the return status is that of the last command
7517 executed in the function body. If used outside a function,
7518 but during execution of a script by the
7519 .B .
7520 (\fBsource\fP) command, it causes the shell to stop executing
7521 that script and return either
7522 .I n
7523 or the exit status of the last command executed within the
7524 script as the exit status of the script. If used outside a
7525 function and not during execution of a script by \fB.\fP\^,
7526 the return status is false.
7527 Any command associated with the \fBRETURN\fP trap is executed
7528 before execution resumes after the function or script.
7529 .TP
7530 \fBset\fP [\fB\-\-abefhkmnptuvxBCHP\fP] [\fB\-o\fP \fIoption\fP] [\fIarg\fP ...]
7531 Without options, the name and value of each shell variable are displayed
7532 in a format that can be reused as input
7533 for setting or resetting the currently-set variables.
7534 Read-only variables cannot be reset.
7535 In \fIposix mode\fP, only shell variables are listed.
7536 The output is sorted according to the current locale.
7537 When options are specified, they set or unset shell attributes.
7538 Any arguments remaining after the options are processed are treated
7539 as values for the positional parameters and are assigned, in order, to
7540 .BR $1 ,
7541 .BR $2 ,
7542 .B ...
7543 .BR $\fIn\fP .
7544 Options, if specified, have the following meanings:
7545 .RS
7546 .PD 0
7547 .TP 8
7548 .B \-a
7549 Automatically mark variables and functions which are modified or
7550 created for export to the environment of subsequent commands.
7551 .TP 8
7552 .B \-b
7553 Report the status of terminated background jobs
7554 immediately, rather than before the next primary prompt. This is
7555 effective only when job control is enabled.
7556 .TP 8
7557 .B \-e
7558 Exit immediately if a \fIsimple command\fP (see
7559 .SM
7560 .B SHELL GRAMMAR
7561 above) exits with a non-zero status.
7562 The shell does not exit if the
7563 command that fails is part of the command list immediately following a
7564 .B while
7565 or
7566 .B until
7567 keyword,
7568 part of the test in an
7569 .I if
7570 statement, part of a
7571 .B &&
7572 or
7573 .B \(bv\(bv
7574 list, or if the command's return value is
7575 being inverted via
7576 .BR ! .
7577 A trap on \fBERR\fP, if set, is executed before the shell exits.
7578 .TP 8
7579 .B \-f
7580 Disable pathname expansion.
7581 .TP 8
7582 .B \-h
7583 Remember the location of commands as they are looked up for execution.
7584 This is enabled by default.
7585 .TP 8
7586 .B \-k
7587 All arguments in the form of assignment statements
7588 are placed in the environment for a command, not just
7589 those that precede the command name.
7590 .TP 8
7591 .B \-m
7592 Monitor mode. Job control is enabled. This option is on
7593 by default for interactive shells on systems that support
7594 it (see
7595 .SM
7596 .B JOB CONTROL
7597 above). Background processes run in a separate process
7598 group and a line containing their exit status is printed
7599 upon their completion.
7600 .TP 8
7601 .B \-n
7602 Read commands but do not execute them. This may be used to
7603 check a shell script for syntax errors. This is ignored by
7604 interactive shells.
7605 .TP 8
7606 .B \-o \fIoption\-name\fP
7607 The \fIoption\-name\fP can be one of the following:
7608 .RS
7609 .TP 8
7610 .B allexport
7611 Same as
7612 .BR \-a .
7613 .TP 8
7614 .B braceexpand
7615 Same as
7616 .BR \-B .
7617 .TP 8
7618 .B emacs
7619 Use an emacs-style command line editing interface. This is enabled
7620 by default when the shell is interactive, unless the shell is started
7621 with the
7622 .B \-\-noediting
7623 option.
7624 .TP 8
7625 .B errtrace
7626 Same as
7627 .BR \-E .
7628 .TP 8
7629 .B functrace
7630 Same as
7631 .BR \-T .
7632 .TP 8
7633 .B errexit
7634 Same as
7635 .BR \-e .
7636 .TP 8
7637 .B hashall
7638 Same as
7639 .BR \-h .
7640 .TP 8
7641 .B histexpand
7642 Same as
7643 .BR \-H .
7644 .TP 8
7645 .B history
7646 Enable command history, as described above under
7647 .SM
7648 .BR HISTORY .
7649 This option is on by default in interactive shells.
7650 .TP 8
7651 .B ignoreeof
7652 The effect is as if the shell command
7653 .if t \f(CWIGNOREEOF=10\fP
7654 .if n ``IGNOREEOF=10''
7655 had been executed
7656 (see
7657 .B Shell Variables
7658 above).
7659 .TP 8
7660 .B keyword
7661 Same as
7662 .BR \-k .
7663 .TP 8
7664 .B monitor
7665 Same as
7666 .BR \-m .
7667 .TP 8
7668 .B noclobber
7669 Same as
7670 .BR \-C .
7671 .TP 8
7672 .B noexec
7673 Same as
7674 .BR \-n .
7675 .TP 8
7676 .B noglob
7677 Same as
7678 .BR \-f .
7679 .B nolog
7680 Currently ignored.
7681 .TP 8
7682 .B notify
7683 Same as
7684 .BR \-b .
7685 .TP 8
7686 .B nounset
7687 Same as
7688 .BR \-u .
7689 .TP 8
7690 .B onecmd
7691 Same as
7692 .BR \-t .
7693 .TP 8
7694 .B physical
7695 Same as
7696 .BR \-P .
7697 .TP 8
7698 .B pipefail
7699 If set, the return value of a pipeline is the value of the last
7700 (rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, or zero if all
7701 commands in the pipeline exit successfully.
7702 This option is disabled by default.
7703 .TP 8
7704 .B posix
7705 Change the behavior of
7706 .B bash
7707 where the default operation differs
7708 from the POSIX 1003.2 standard to match the standard (\fIposix mode\fP).
7709 .TP 8
7710 .B privileged
7711 Same as
7712 .BR \-p .
7713 .TP 8
7714 .B verbose
7715 Same as
7716 .BR \-v .
7717 .TP 8
7718 .B vi
7719 Use a vi-style command line editing interface.
7720 .TP 8
7721 .B xtrace
7722 Same as
7723 .BR \-x .
7724 .sp .5
7725 .PP
7726 If
7727 .B \-o
7728 is supplied with no \fIoption\-name\fP, the values of the current options are
7729 printed.
7730 If
7731 .B +o
7732 is supplied with no \fIoption\-name\fP, a series of
7733 .B set
7734 commands to recreate the current option settings is displayed on
7735 the standard output.
7736 .RE
7737 .TP 8
7738 .B \-p
7739 Turn on
7740 .I privileged
7741 mode. In this mode, the
7742 .SM
7743 .B $ENV
7744 and
7745 .SM
7746 .B $BASH_ENV
7747 files are not processed, shell functions are not inherited from the
7748 environment, and the
7749 .SM
7750 .B SHELLOPTS
7751 variable, if it appears in the environment, is ignored.
7752 If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the
7753 real user (group) id, and the \fB\-p\fP option is not supplied, these actions
7754 are taken and the effective user id is set to the real user id.
7755 If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied at startup, the effective user id is
7756 not reset.
7757 Turning this option off causes the effective user
7758 and group ids to be set to the real user and group ids.
7759 .TP 8
7760 .B \-t
7761 Exit after reading and executing one command.
7762 .TP 8
7763 .B \-u
7764 Treat unset variables as an error when performing
7765 parameter expansion. If expansion is attempted on an
7766 unset variable, the shell prints an error message, and,
7767 if not interactive, exits with a non-zero status.
7768 .TP 8
7769 .B \-v
7770 Print shell input lines as they are read.
7771 .TP 8
7772 .B \-x
7773 After expanding each \fIsimple command\fP,
7774 \fBfor\fP command, \fBcase\fP command, \fBselect\fP command, or
7775 arithmetic \fBfor\fP command, display the expanded value of
7776 .SM
7777 .BR PS4 ,
7778 followed by the command and its expanded arguments
7779 or associated word list.
7780 .TP 8
7781 .B \-B
7782 The shell performs brace expansion (see
7783 .B Brace Expansion
7784 above). This is on by default.
7785 .TP 8
7786 .B \-C
7787 If set,
7788 .B bash
7789 does not overwrite an existing file with the
7790 .BR > ,
7791 .BR >& ,
7792 and
7793 .B <>
7794 redirection operators. This may be overridden when
7795 creating output files by using the redirection operator
7796 .B >|
7797 instead of
7798 .BR > .
7799 .TP 8
7800 .B \-E
7801 If set, any trap on \fBERR\fP is inherited by shell functions, command
7802 substitutions, and commands executed in a subshell environment.
7803 The \fBERR\fP trap is normally not inherited in such cases.
7804 .TP 8
7805 .B \-H
7806 Enable
7807 .B !
7808 style history substitution. This option is on by
7809 default when the shell is interactive.
7810 .TP 8
7811 .B \-P
7812 If set, the shell does not follow symbolic links when executing
7813 commands such as
7814 .B cd
7815 that change the current working directory. It uses the
7816 physical directory structure instead. By default,
7817 .B bash
7818 follows the logical chain of directories when performing commands
7819 which change the current directory.
7820 .TP 8
7821 .B \-T
7822 If set, any traps on \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP are inherited by shell
7823 functions, command substitutions, and commands executed in a
7824 subshell environment.
7825 The \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps are normally not inherited
7826 in such cases.
7827 .TP 8
7828 .B \-\-
7829 If no arguments follow this option, then the positional parameters are
7830 unset. Otherwise, the positional parameters are set to the
7831 \fIarg\fPs, even if some of them begin with a
7832 .BR \- .
7833 .TP 8
7834 .B \-
7835 Signal the end of options, cause all remaining \fIarg\fPs to be
7836 assigned to the positional parameters. The
7837 .B \-x
7838 and
7839 .B \-v
7840 options are turned off.
7841 If there are no \fIarg\fPs,
7842 the positional parameters remain unchanged.
7843 .PD
7844 .PP
7845 The options are off by default unless otherwise noted.
7846 Using + rather than \- causes these options to be turned off.
7847 The options can also be specified as arguments to an invocation of
7848 the shell.
7849 The current set of options may be found in
7850 .BR $\- .
7851 The return status is always true unless an invalid option is encountered.
7852 .RE
7853 .TP
7854 \fBshift\fP [\fIn\fP]
7855 The positional parameters from \fIn\fP+1 ... are renamed to
7856 .B $1
7857 .B ....
7858 Parameters represented by the numbers \fB$#\fP
7859 down to \fB$#\fP\-\fIn\fP+1 are unset.
7860 .I n
7861 must be a non-negative number less than or equal to \fB$#\fP.
7862 If
7863 .I n
7864 is 0, no parameters are changed.
7865 If
7866 .I n
7867 is not given, it is assumed to be 1.
7868 If
7869 .I n
7870 is greater than \fB$#\fP, the positional parameters are not changed.
7871 The return status is greater than zero if
7872 .I n
7873 is greater than
7874 .B $#
7875 or less than zero; otherwise 0.
7876 .TP
7877 \fBshopt\fP [\fB\-pqsu\fP] [\fB\-o\fP] [\fIoptname\fP ...]
7878 Toggle the values of variables controlling optional shell behavior.
7879 With no options, or with the
7880 .B \-p
7881 option, a list of all settable options is displayed, with
7882 an indication of whether or not each is set.
7883 The \fB\-p\fP option causes output to be displayed in a form that
7884 may be reused as input.
7885 Other options have the following meanings:
7886 .RS
7887 .PD 0
7888 .TP
7889 .B \-s
7890 Enable (set) each \fIoptname\fP.
7891 .TP
7892 .B \-u
7893 Disable (unset) each \fIoptname\fP.
7894 .TP
7895 .B \-q
7896 Suppresses normal output (quiet mode); the return status indicates
7897 whether the \fIoptname\fP is set or unset.
7898 If multiple \fIoptname\fP arguments are given with
7899 .BR \-q ,
7900 the return status is zero if all \fIoptnames\fP are enabled; non-zero
7901 otherwise.
7902 .TP
7903 .B \-o
7904 Restricts the values of \fIoptname\fP to be those defined for the
7905 .B \-o
7906 option to the
7907 .B set
7908 builtin.
7909 .PD
7910 .PP
7911 If either
7912 .B \-s
7913 or
7914 .B \-u
7915 is used with no \fIoptname\fP arguments, the display is limited to
7916 those options which are set or unset, respectively.
7917 Unless otherwise noted, the \fBshopt\fP options are disabled (unset)
7918 by default.
7919 .PP
7920 The return status when listing options is zero if all \fIoptnames\fP
7921 are enabled, non-zero otherwise. When setting or unsetting options,
7922 the return status is zero unless an \fIoptname\fP is not a valid shell
7923 option.
7924 .PP
7925 The list of \fBshopt\fP options is:
7926 .if t .sp .5v
7927 .if n .sp 1v
7928 .PD 0
7929 .TP 8
7930 .B cdable_vars
7931 If set, an argument to the
7932 .B cd
7933 builtin command that
7934 is not a directory is assumed to be the name of a variable whose
7935 value is the directory to change to.
7936 .TP 8
7937 .B cdspell
7938 If set, minor errors in the spelling of a directory component in a
7939 .B cd
7940 command will be corrected.
7941 The errors checked for are transposed characters,
7942 a missing character, and one character too many.
7943 If a correction is found, the corrected file name is printed,
7944 and the command proceeds.
7945 This option is only used by interactive shells.
7946 .TP 8
7947 .B checkhash
7948 If set, \fBbash\fP checks that a command found in the hash
7949 table exists before trying to execute it. If a hashed command no
7950 longer exists, a normal path search is performed.
7951 .TP 8
7952 .B checkwinsize
7953 If set, \fBbash\fP checks the window size after each command
7954 and, if necessary, updates the values of
7955 .SM
7956 .B LINES
7957 and
7958 .SM
7959 .BR COLUMNS .
7960 .TP 8
7961 .B cmdhist
7962 If set,
7963 .B bash
7964 attempts to save all lines of a multiple-line
7965 command in the same history entry. This allows
7966 easy re-editing of multi-line commands.
7967 .TP 8
7968 .B dotglob
7969 If set,
7970 .B bash
7971 includes filenames beginning with a `.' in the results of pathname
7972 expansion.
7973 .TP 8
7974 .B execfail
7975 If set, a non-interactive shell will not exit if
7976 it cannot execute the file specified as an argument to the
7977 .B exec
7978 builtin command. An interactive shell does not exit if
7979 .B exec
7980 fails.
7981 .TP 8
7982 .B expand_aliases
7983 If set, aliases are expanded as described above under
7984 .SM
7985 .BR ALIASES .
7986 This option is enabled by default for interactive shells.
7987 .TP 8
7988 .B extdebug
7989 If set, behavior intended for use by debuggers is enabled:
7990 .RS
7991 .TP
7992 .B 1.
7993 The \fB\-F\fP option to the \fBdeclare\fP builtin displays the source
7994 file name and line number corresponding to each function name supplied
7995 as an argument.
7996 .TP
7997 .B 2.
7998 If the command run by the \fBDEBUG\fP trap returns a non-zero value, the
7999 next command is skipped and not executed.
8000 .TP
8001 .B 3.
8002 If the command run by the \fBDEBUG\fP trap returns a value of 2, and the
8003 shell is executing in a subroutine (a shell function or a shell script
8004 executed by the \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins), a call to
8005 \fBreturn\fP is simulated.
8006 .TP
8007 .B 4.
8008 \fBBASH_ARGC\fP and \fBBASH_ARGV\fP are updated as described in their
8009 descriptions above.
8010 .TP
8011 .B 5.
8012 Function tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and
8013 subshells invoked with \fB(\fP \fIcommand\fP \fB)\fP inherit the
8014 \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps.
8015 .TP
8016 .B 6.
8017 Error tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and
8018 subshells invoked with \fB(\fP \fIcommand\fP \fB)\fP inherit the
8019 \fBERROR\fP trap.
8020 .RE
8021 .TP 8
8022 .B extglob
8023 If set, the extended pattern matching features described above under
8024 \fBPathname Expansion\fP are enabled.
8025 .TP 8
8026 .B extquote
8027 If set, \fB$\fP'\fIstring\fP' and \fB$\fP"\fIstring\fP" quoting is
8028 performed within \fB${\fP\fIparameter\fP\fB}\fP expansions
8029 enclosed in double quotes. This option is enabled by default.
8030 .TP 8
8031 .B failglob
8032 If set, patterns which fail to match filenames during pathname expansion
8033 result in an expansion error.
8034 .TP 8
8035 .B force_fignore
8036 If set, the suffixes specified by the \fBFIGNORE\fP shell variable
8037 cause words to be ignored when performing word completion even if
8038 the ignored words are the only possible completions.
8039 See
8040 .SM
8041 \fBSHELL VARIABLES\fP
8042 above for a description of \fBFIGNORE\fP.
8043 This option is enabled by default.
8044 .TP 8
8045 .B gnu_errfmt
8046 If set, shell error messages are written in the standard GNU error
8047 message format.
8048 .TP 8
8049 .B histappend
8050 If set, the history list is appended to the file named by the value
8051 of the
8052 .B HISTFILE
8053 variable when the shell exits, rather than overwriting the file.
8054 .TP 8
8055 .B histreedit
8056 If set, and
8057 .B readline
8058 is being used, a user is given the opportunity to re-edit a
8059 failed history substitution.
8060 .TP 8
8061 .B histverify
8062 If set, and
8063 .B readline
8064 is being used, the results of history substitution are not immediately
8065 passed to the shell parser. Instead, the resulting line is loaded into
8066 the \fBreadline\fP editing buffer, allowing further modification.
8067 .TP 8
8068 .B hostcomplete
8069 If set, and
8070 .B readline
8071 is being used, \fBbash\fP will attempt to perform hostname completion when a
8072 word containing a \fB@\fP is being completed (see
8073 .B Completing
8074 under
8075 .SM
8076 .B READLINE
8077 above).
8078 This is enabled by default.
8079 .TP 8
8080 .B huponexit
8081 If set, \fBbash\fP will send
8082 .SM
8083 .B SIGHUP
8084 to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits.
8085 .TP 8
8086 .B interactive_comments
8087 If set, allow a word beginning with
8088 .B #
8089 to cause that word and all remaining characters on that
8090 line to be ignored in an interactive shell (see
8091 .SM
8092 .B COMMENTS
8093 above). This option is enabled by default.
8094 .TP 8
8095 .B lithist
8096 If set, and the
8097 .B cmdhist
8098 option is enabled, multi-line commands are saved to the history with
8099 embedded newlines rather than using semicolon separators where possible.
8100 .TP 8
8101 .B login_shell
8102 The shell sets this option if it is started as a login shell (see
8103 .SM
8104 .B "INVOCATION"
8105 above).
8106 The value may not be changed.
8107 .TP 8
8108 .B mailwarn
8109 If set, and a file that \fBbash\fP is checking for mail has been
8110 accessed since the last time it was checked, the message ``The mail in
8111 \fImailfile\fP has been read'' is displayed.
8112 .TP 8
8113 .B no_empty_cmd_completion
8114 If set, and
8115 .B readline
8116 is being used,
8117 .B bash
8118 will not attempt to search the \fBPATH\fP for possible completions when
8119 completion is attempted on an empty line.
8120 .TP 8
8121 .B nocaseglob
8122 If set,
8123 .B bash
8124 matches filenames in a case\-insensitive fashion when performing pathname
8125 expansion (see
8126 .B Pathname Expansion
8127 above).
8128 .TP 8
8129 .B nocasematch
8130 If set,
8131 .B bash
8132 matches patterns in a case\-insensitive fashion when performing matching
8133 while executing \fBcase\fP or \fB[[\fP conditional commands.
8134 .TP 8
8135 .B nullglob
8136 If set,
8137 .B bash
8138 allows patterns which match no
8139 files (see
8140 .B Pathname Expansion
8141 above)
8142 to expand to a null string, rather than themselves.
8143 .TP 8
8144 .B progcomp
8145 If set, the programmable completion facilities (see
8146 \fBProgrammable Completion\fP above) are enabled.
8147 This option is enabled by default.
8148 .TP 8
8149 .B promptvars
8150 If set, prompt strings undergo
8151 parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
8152 expansion, and quote removal after being expanded as described in
8153 .SM
8154 .B PROMPTING
8155 above. This option is enabled by default.
8156 .TP 8
8157 .B restricted_shell
8158 The shell sets this option if it is started in restricted mode (see
8159 .SM
8160 .B "RESTRICTED SHELL"
8161 below).
8162 The value may not be changed.
8163 This is not reset when the startup files are executed, allowing
8164 the startup files to discover whether or not a shell is restricted.
8165 .TP 8
8166 .B shift_verbose
8167 If set, the
8168 .B shift
8169 builtin prints an error message when the shift count exceeds the
8170 number of positional parameters.
8171 .TP 8
8172 .B sourcepath
8173 If set, the
8174 \fBsource\fP (\fB.\fP) builtin uses the value of
8175 .SM
8176 .B PATH
8177 to find the directory containing the file supplied as an argument.
8178 This option is enabled by default.
8179 .TP 8
8180 .B xpg_echo
8181 If set, the \fBecho\fP builtin expands backslash-escape sequences
8182 by default.
8183 .RE
8184 .TP
8185 \fBsuspend\fP [\fB\-f\fP]
8186 Suspend the execution of this shell until it receives a
8187 .SM
8188 .B SIGCONT
8189 signal. The
8190 .B \-f
8191 option says not to complain if this is
8192 a login shell; just suspend anyway. The return status is 0 unless
8193 the shell is a login shell and
8194 .B \-f
8195 is not supplied, or if job control is not enabled.
8196 .TP
8197 \fBtest\fP \fIexpr\fP
8198 .PD 0
8199 .TP
8200 \fB[\fP \fIexpr\fP \fB]\fP
8201 Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on
8202 the evaluation of the conditional expression
8203 .IR expr .
8204 Each operator and operand must be a separate argument.
8205 Expressions are composed of the primaries described above under
8206 .SM
8207 .BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" .
8208 \fBtest\fP does not accept any options, nor does it accept and ignore
8209 an argument of \fB\-\-\fP as signifying the end of options.
8210 .if t .sp 0.5
8211 .if n .sp 1
8212 Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed
8213 in decreasing order of precedence.
8214 .RS
8215 .PD 0
8216 .TP
8217 .B ! \fIexpr\fP
8218 True if
8219 .I expr
8220 is false.
8221 .TP
8222 .B ( \fIexpr\fP )
8223 Returns the value of \fIexpr\fP.
8224 This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators.
8225 .TP
8226 \fIexpr1\fP \-\fBa\fP \fIexpr2\fP
8227 True if both
8228 .I expr1
8229 and
8230 .I expr2
8231 are true.
8232 .TP
8233 \fIexpr1\fP \-\fBo\fP \fIexpr2\fP
8234 True if either
8235 .I expr1
8236 or
8237 .I expr2
8238 is true.
8239 .PD
8240 .PP
8241 \fBtest\fP and \fB[\fP evaluate conditional
8242 expressions using a set of rules based on the number of arguments.
8243 .if t .sp 0.5
8244 .if n .sp 1
8245 .PD 0
8246 .TP
8247 0 arguments
8248 The expression is false.
8249 .TP
8250 1 argument
8251 The expression is true if and only if the argument is not null.
8252 .TP
8253 2 arguments
8254 If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the expression is true if and
8255 only if the second argument is null.
8256 If the first argument is one of the unary conditional operators listed above
8257 under
8258 .SM
8259 .BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" ,
8260 the expression is true if the unary test is true.
8261 If the first argument is not a valid unary conditional operator, the expression
8262 is false.
8263 .TP
8264 3 arguments
8265 If the second argument is one of the binary conditional operators listed above
8266 under
8267 .SM
8268 .BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" ,
8269 the result of the expression is the result of the binary test using
8270 the first and third arguments as operands.
8271 If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the value is the negation of
8272 the two-argument test using the second and third arguments.
8273 If the first argument is exactly \fB(\fP and the third argument is
8274 exactly \fB)\fP, the result is the one-argument test of the second
8275 argument.
8276 Otherwise, the expression is false.
8277 The \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-o\fP operators are considered binary operators
8278 in this case.
8279 .TP
8280 4 arguments
8281 If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the result is the negation of
8282 the three-argument expression composed of the remaining arguments.
8283 Otherwise, the expression is parsed and evaluated according to
8284 precedence using the rules listed above.
8285 .TP
8286 5 or more arguments
8287 The expression is parsed and evaluated according to precedence
8288 using the rules listed above.
8289 .RE
8290 .PD
8291 .TP
8292 .B times
8293 Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and
8294 for processes run from the shell. The return status is 0.
8295 .TP
8296 \fBtrap\fP [\fB\-lp\fP] [[\fIarg\fP] \fIsigspec\fP ...]
8297 The command
8298 .I arg
8299 is to be read and executed when the shell receives
8300 signal(s)
8301 .IR sigspec .
8302 If
8303 .I arg
8304 is absent (and there is a single \fIsigspec\fP) or
8305 .BR \- ,
8306 each specified signal is
8307 reset to its original disposition (the value it had
8308 upon entrance to the shell).
8309 If
8310 .I arg
8311 is the null string the signal specified by each
8312 .I sigspec
8313 is ignored by the shell and by the commands it invokes.
8314 If
8315 .I arg
8316 is not present and
8317 .B \-p
8318 has been supplied, then the trap commands associated with each
8319 .I sigspec
8320 are displayed.
8321 If no arguments are supplied or if only
8322 .B \-p
8323 is given,
8324 .B trap
8325 prints the list of commands associated with each signal.
8326 The
8327 .B \-l
8328 option causes the shell to print a list of signal names and
8329 their corresponding numbers.
8330 Each
8331 .I sigspec
8332 is either
8333 a signal name defined in <\fIsignal.h\fP>, or a signal number.
8334 Signal names are case insensitive and the SIG prefix is optional.
8335 If a
8336 .I sigspec
8337 is
8338 .SM
8339 .B EXIT
8340 (0) the command
8341 .I arg
8342 is executed on exit from the shell.
8343 If a
8344 .I sigspec
8345 is
8346 .SM
8347 .BR DEBUG ,
8348 the command
8349 .I arg
8350 is executed before every \fIsimple command\fP, \fIfor\fP command,
8351 \fIcase\fP command, \fIselect\fP command, every arithmetic \fIfor\fP
8352 command, and before the first command executes in a shell function (see
8353 .SM
8354 .B SHELL GRAMMAR
8355 above).
8356 Refer to the description of the \fBextdebug\fP option to the
8357 \fBshopt\fP builtin for details of its effect on the \fBDEBUG\fP trap.
8358 If a
8359 .I sigspec
8360 is
8361 .SM
8362 .BR ERR ,
8363 the command
8364 .I arg
8365 is executed whenever a simple command has a non\-zero exit status,
8366 subject to the following conditions.
8367 The
8368 .SM
8369 .B ERR
8370 trap is not executed if the failed
8371 command is part of the command list immediately following a
8372 .B while
8373 or
8374 .B until
8375 keyword,
8376 part of the test in an
8377 .I if
8378 statement, part of a
8379 .B &&
8380 or
8381 .B \(bv\(bv
8382 list, or if the command's return value is
8383 being inverted via
8384 .BR ! .
8385 These are the same conditions obeyed by the \fBerrexit\fP option.
8386 If a
8387 .I sigspec
8388 is
8389 .SM
8390 .BR RETURN ,
8391 the command
8392 .I arg
8393 is executed each time a shell function or a script executed with the
8394 \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins finishes executing.
8395 Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped or reset.
8396 Trapped signals are reset to their original values in a child
8397 process when it is created.
8398 The return status is false if any
8399 .I sigspec
8400 is invalid; otherwise
8401 .B trap
8402 returns true.
8403 .TP
8404 \fBtype\fP [\fB\-aftpP\fP] \fIname\fP [\fIname\fP ...]
8405 With no options,
8406 indicate how each
8407 .I name
8408 would be interpreted if used as a command name.
8409 If the
8410 .B \-t
8411 option is used,
8412 .B type
8413 prints a string which is one of
8414 .IR alias ,
8415 .IR keyword ,
8416 .IR function ,
8417 .IR builtin ,
8418 or
8419 .I file
8420 if
8421 .I name
8422 is an alias, shell reserved word, function, builtin, or disk file,
8423 respectively.
8424 If the
8425 .I name
8426 is not found, then nothing is printed, and an exit status of false
8427 is returned.
8428 If the
8429 .B \-p
8430 option is used,
8431 .B type
8432 either returns the name of the disk file
8433 that would be executed if
8434 .I name
8435 were specified as a command name,
8436 or nothing if
8437 .if t \f(CWtype -t name\fP
8438 .if n ``type -t name''
8439 would not return
8440 .IR file .
8441 The
8442 .B \-P
8443 option forces a
8444 .SM
8445 .B PATH
8446 search for each \fIname\fP, even if
8447 .if t \f(CWtype -t name\fP
8448 .if n ``type -t name''
8449 would not return
8450 .IR file .
8451 If a command is hashed,
8452 .B \-p
8453 and
8454 .B \-P
8455 print the hashed value, not necessarily the file that appears
8456 first in
8457 .SM
8458 .BR PATH .
8459 If the
8460 .B \-a
8461 option is used,
8462 .B type
8463 prints all of the places that contain
8464 an executable named
8465 .IR name .
8466 This includes aliases and functions,
8467 if and only if the
8468 .B \-p
8469 option is not also used.
8470 The table of hashed commands is not consulted
8471 when using
8472 .BR \-a .
8473 The
8474 .B \-f
8475 option suppresses shell function lookup, as with the \fBcommand\fP builtin.
8476 .B type
8477 returns true if any of the arguments are found, false if
8478 none are found.
8479 .TP
8480 \fBulimit\fP [\fB\-SHacdflmnpstuv\fP [\fIlimit\fP]]
8481 Provides control over the resources available to the shell and to
8482 processes started by it, on systems that allow such control.
8483 The \fB\-H\fP and \fB\-S\fP options specify that the hard or soft limit is
8484 set for the given resource. A hard limit cannot be increased once it
8485 is set; a soft limit may be increased up to the value of the hard limit.
8486 If neither \fB\-H\fP nor \fB\-S\fP is specified, both the soft and hard
8487 limits are set.
8488 The value of
8489 .I limit
8490 can be a number in the unit specified for the resource
8491 or one of the special values
8492 .BR hard ,
8493 .BR soft ,
8494 or
8495 .BR unlimited ,
8496 which stand for the current hard limit, the current soft limit, and
8497 no limit, respectively.
8498 If
8499 .I limit
8500 is omitted, the current value of the soft limit of the resource is
8501 printed, unless the \fB\-H\fP option is given. When more than one
8502 resource is specified, the limit name and unit are printed before the value.
8503 Other options are interpreted as follows:
8504 .RS
8505 .PD 0
8506 .TP
8507 .B \-a
8508 All current limits are reported
8509 .TP
8510 .B \-c
8511 The maximum size of core files created
8512 .TP
8513 .B \-d
8514 The maximum size of a process's data segment
8515 .TP
8516 .B \-f
8517 The maximum size of files created by the shell
8518 .TP
8519 .B \-l
8520 The maximum size that may be locked into memory
8521 .TP
8522 .B \-m
8523 The maximum resident set size
8524 .TP
8525 .B \-n
8526 The maximum number of open file descriptors (most systems do not
8527 allow this value to be set)
8528 .TP
8529 .B \-p
8530 The pipe size in 512-byte blocks (this may not be set)
8531 .TP
8532 .B \-s
8533 The maximum stack size
8534 .TP
8535 .B \-t
8536 The maximum amount of cpu time in seconds
8537 .TP
8538 .B \-u
8539 The maximum number of processes available to a single user
8540 .TP
8541 .B \-v
8542 The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the shell
8543 .PD
8544 .PP
8545 If
8546 .I limit
8547 is given, it is the new value of the specified resource (the
8548 .B \-a
8549 option is display only).
8550 If no option is given, then
8551 .B \-f
8552 is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte increments, except for
8553 .BR \-t ,
8554 which is in seconds,
8555 .BR \-p ,
8556 which is in units of 512-byte blocks,
8557 and
8558 .B \-n
8559 and
8560 .BR \-u ,
8561 which are unscaled values.
8562 The return status is 0 unless an invalid option or argument is supplied,
8563 or an error occurs while setting a new limit.
8564 .RE
8565 .TP
8566 \fBumask\fP [\fB\-p\fP] [\fB\-S\fP] [\fImode\fP]
8567 The user file-creation mask is set to
8568 .IR mode .
8569 If
8570 .I mode
8571 begins with a digit, it
8572 is interpreted as an octal number; otherwise
8573 it is interpreted as a symbolic mode mask similar
8574 to that accepted by
8575 .IR chmod (1).
8576 If
8577 .I mode
8578 is omitted, the current value of the mask is printed.
8579 The
8580 .B \-S
8581 option causes the mask to be printed in symbolic form; the
8582 default output is an octal number.
8583 If the
8584 .B \-p
8585 option is supplied, and
8586 .I mode
8587 is omitted, the output is in a form that may be reused as input.
8588 The return status is 0 if the mode was successfully changed or if
8589 no \fImode\fP argument was supplied, and false otherwise.
8590 .TP
8591 \fBunalias\fP [\-\fBa\fP] [\fIname\fP ...]
8592 Remove each \fIname\fP from the list of defined aliases. If
8593 .B \-a
8594 is supplied, all alias definitions are removed. The return
8595 value is true unless a supplied
8596 .I name
8597 is not a defined alias.
8598 .TP
8599 \fBunset\fP [\-\fBfv\fP] [\fIname\fP ...]
8600 For each
8601 .IR name ,
8602 remove the corresponding variable or function.
8603 If no options are supplied, or the
8604 .B \-v
8605 option is given, each
8606 .I name
8607 refers to a shell variable.
8608 Read-only variables may not be unset.
8609 If
8610 .B \-f
8611 is specified, each
8612 .I name
8613 refers to a shell function, and the function definition
8614 is removed.
8615 Each unset variable or function is removed from the environment
8616 passed to subsequent commands.
8617 If any of
8618 .SM
8619 .BR RANDOM ,
8620 .SM
8621 .BR SECONDS ,
8622 .SM
8623 .BR LINENO ,
8624 .SM
8625 .BR HISTCMD ,
8626 .SM
8627 .BR FUNCNAME ,
8628 .SM
8629 .BR GROUPS ,
8630 or
8631 .SM
8632 .B DIRSTACK
8633 are unset, they lose their special properties, even if they are
8634 subsequently reset. The exit status is true unless a
8635 .I name
8636 is readonly.
8637 .TP
8638 \fBwait\fP [\fIn ...\fP]
8639 Wait for each specified process and return its termination status.
8640 Each
8641 .I n
8642 may be a process
8643 ID or a job specification; if a job spec is given, all processes
8644 in that job's pipeline are waited for. If
8645 .I n
8646 is not given, all currently active child processes
8647 are waited for, and the return status is zero. If
8648 .I n
8649 specifies a non-existent process or job, the return status is
8650 127. Otherwise, the return status is the exit status of the last
8651 process or job waited for.
8652 .\" bash_builtins
8653 .if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ
8654 .SH "RESTRICTED SHELL"
8655 .\" rbash.1
8656 .zY
8657 .PP
8658 If
8659 .B bash
8660 is started with the name
8661 .BR rbash ,
8662 or the
8663 .B \-r
8664 option is supplied at invocation,
8665 the shell becomes restricted.
8666 A restricted shell is used to
8667 set up an environment more controlled than the standard shell.
8668 It behaves identically to
8669 .B bash
8670 with the exception that the following are disallowed or not performed:
8671 .IP \(bu
8672 changing directories with \fBcd\fP
8673 .IP \(bu
8674 setting or unsetting the values of
8675 .BR SHELL ,
8676 .BR PATH ,
8677 .BR ENV ,
8678 or
8679 .B BASH_ENV
8680 .IP \(bu
8681 specifying command names containing
8682 .B /
8683 .IP \(bu
8684 specifying a file name containing a
8685 .B /
8686 as an argument to the
8687 .B .
8688 builtin command
8689 .IP \(bu
8690 Specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the
8691 .B \-p
8692 option to the
8693 .B hash
8694 builtin command
8695 .IP \(bu
8696 importing function definitions from the shell environment at startup
8697 .IP \(bu
8698 parsing the value of \fBSHELLOPTS\fP from the shell environment at startup
8699 .IP \(bu
8700 redirecting output using the >, >|, <>, >&, &>, and >> redirection operators
8701 .IP \(bu
8702 using the
8703 .B exec
8704 builtin command to replace the shell with another command
8705 .IP \(bu
8706 adding or deleting builtin commands with the
8707 .B \-f
8708 and
8709 .B \-d
8710 options to the
8711 .B enable
8712 builtin command
8713 .IP \(bu
8714 Using the \fBenable\fP builtin command to enable disabled shell builtins
8715 .IP \(bu
8716 specifying the
8717 .B \-p
8718 option to the
8719 .B command
8720 builtin command
8721 .IP \(bu
8722 turning off restricted mode with
8723 \fBset +r\fP or \fBset +o restricted\fP.
8724 .PP
8725 These restrictions are enforced after any startup files are read.
8726 .PP
8727 .ie \n(zY=1 When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed,
8728 .el \{ When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed
8729 (see
8730 .SM
8731 .B "COMMAND EXECUTION"
8732 above),
8733 \}
8734 .B rbash
8735 turns off any restrictions in the shell spawned to execute the
8736 script.
8737 .\" end of rbash.1
8738 .if \n(zY=1 .ig zY
8739 .SH "SEE ALSO"
8740 .PD 0
8741 .TP
8742 \fIBash Reference Manual\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
8743 .TP
8744 \fIThe Gnu Readline Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
8745 .TP
8746 \fIThe Gnu History Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
8747 .TP
8748 \fIPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Part 2: Shell and Utilities\fP, IEEE
8749 .TP
8750 \fIsh\fP(1), \fIksh\fP(1), \fIcsh\fP(1)
8751 .TP
8752 \fIemacs\fP(1), \fIvi\fP(1)
8753 .TP
8754 \fIreadline\fP(3)
8755 .PD
8756 .SH FILES
8757 .PD 0
8758 .TP
8759 .FN /bin/bash
8760 The \fBbash\fP executable
8761 .TP
8762 .FN /etc/profile
8763 The systemwide initialization file, executed for login shells
8764 .TP
8765 .FN ~/.bash_profile
8766 The personal initialization file, executed for login shells
8767 .TP
8768 .FN ~/.bashrc
8769 The individual per-interactive-shell startup file
8770 .TP
8771 .FN ~/.bash_logout
8772 The individual login shell cleanup file, executed when a login shell exits
8773 .TP
8774 .FN ~/.inputrc
8775 Individual \fIreadline\fP initialization file
8776 .PD
8777 .SH AUTHORS
8778 Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
8779 .br
8780 bfox@gnu.org
8781 .PP
8782 Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
8783 .br
8784 chet@po.CWRU.Edu
8785 .SH BUG REPORTS
8786 If you find a bug in
8787 .B bash,
8788 you should report it. But first, you should
8789 make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest
8790 version of
8791 .BR bash .
8792 The latest version is always available from
8793 \fIftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/bash/\fP.
8794 .PP
8795 Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, use the
8796 .I bashbug
8797 command to submit a bug report.
8798 If you have a fix, you are encouraged to mail that as well!
8799 Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may be mailed
8800 to \fIbug-bash@gnu.org\fP or posted to the Usenet
8801 newsgroup
8802 .BR gnu.bash.bug .
8803 .PP
8804 ALL bug reports should include:
8805 .PP
8806 .PD 0
8807 .TP 20
8808 The version number of \fBbash\fR
8809 .TP
8810 The hardware and operating system
8811 .TP
8812 The compiler used to compile
8813 .TP
8814 A description of the bug behaviour
8815 .TP
8816 A short script or `recipe' which exercises the bug
8817 .PD
8818 .PP
8819 .I bashbug
8820 inserts the first three items automatically into the template
8821 it provides for filing a bug report.
8822 .PP
8823 Comments and bug reports concerning
8824 this manual page should be directed to
8825 .IR chet@po.CWRU.Edu .
8826 .SH BUGS
8827 .PP
8828 It's too big and too slow.
8829 .PP
8830 There are some subtle differences between
8831 .B bash
8832 and traditional versions of
8833 .BR sh ,
8834 mostly because of the
8835 .SM
8836 .B POSIX
8837 specification.
8838 .PP
8839 Aliases are confusing in some uses.
8840 .PP
8841 Shell builtin commands and functions are not stoppable/restartable.
8842 .PP
8843 Compound commands and command sequences of the form `a ; b ; c'
8844 are not handled gracefully when process suspension is attempted.
8845 When a process is stopped, the shell immediately executes the next
8846 command in the sequence.
8847 It suffices to place the sequence of commands between
8848 parentheses to force it into a subshell, which may be stopped as
8849 a unit.
8850 .PP
8851 Commands inside of \fB$(\fP...\fB)\fP command substitution are not
8852 parsed until substitution is attempted. This will delay error
8853 reporting until some time after the command is entered. For example,
8854 unmatched parentheses, even inside shell comments, will result in
8855 error messages while the construct is being read.
8856 .PP
8857 Array variables may not (yet) be exported.
8858 .zZ
8859 .zY